This is a modern-English version of Robert's Rules of Order: Pocket Manual of Rules of Order for Deliberative Assemblies, originally written by Robert, Henry M. (Henry Martyn). It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

ROBERT’S
RULES OF ORDER

For
Deliberative Assemblies


Part I.
Rules of Order.

A Compendium of Parliamentary Law, based upon the rules and practice of Congress.

A Collection of Parliamentary Law, based on the rules and practices of Congress.

Part II.
Organization and Conduct Of Business.

A simple explanation of the methods of organizing and conducting the business of societies, conventions, and other deliberative assemblies.

A straightforward explanation of how to organize and run the business of societies, conventions, and other meetings for discussion.

by Major Henry M. Robert,
Corps of Engineers, U.S.A.

Chicago:
S. C. Griggs & Company.
1876.

Chicago:
S. C. Griggs & Company.
1876.


Copyright, A.D. 1876,
by
H. M. Robert

Copyright, 1876,
by
H. M. Robert

Printed by Burdick & Armitage, Milwaukee

Printed by Burdick & Armitage, Milwaukee

PREFACE.

There appears to be much needed a work on parliamentary law, based, in its general principles, upon the rules and practice of Congress, and adapted, in its details, to the use of ordinary societies. Such a work should give, not only the methods of organizing and conducting the meetings, the duties of the officers and the names of the ordinary motions, but in addition, should state in a systematic manner, in reference to each motion, its object and effect; whether it can be amended or debated; if debatable, the extent to which it opens the main question to debate; the circumstances under which it can be made, and what other motions can be made while it is pending. This Manual has been prepared with a view to supplying the above information in a condensed and systematic manner, each rule being either complete in itself, or giving references to every section that in any way qualifies it, so that a stranger to the work can refer to any special subject with safety.

There is a clear need for a comprehensive guide on parliamentary law that is based on the general principles of Congress but tailored for regular organizations. This guide should cover not just how to organize and run meetings, the responsibilities of officers, and the common motions, but also provide a clear, systematic explanation of each motion, including its purpose and impact; whether it can be amended or debated; if it is debatable, how much it opens the main question to discussion; the conditions under which it can be proposed; and what other motions can be introduced while it is still on the table. This Manual has been designed to provide this information in a clear and organized way, with each rule either standing alone or including references to every section that clarifies it, so that someone unfamiliar with the guide can safely look up any specific topic.

To aid in quickly referring to as many as possible of the rules relating to each motion, there is placed immediately before the Index, a Table of Rules, which enables one, without turning a page, to find the answers to some two hundred questions. The Table of Rules is so arranged as to greatly assist the reader in systematizing his knowledge of parliamentary law.

To help quickly reference as many rules as possible for each motion, a Table of Rules is provided right before the Index. This allows you to find answers to around two hundred questions without flipping a page. The Table of Rules is organized in a way that makes it much easier for the reader to organize their understanding of parliamentary law.

The second part is a simple explanation of the common methods of conducting business in ordinary meetings, in which the motions are classified according to their uses, and those used for a similar purpose compared together. This part is expressly intended for that large class of the community, who are unfamiliar with parliamentary usages and are unwilling to devote much study to the subject, but would be glad with little labor to learn enough to enable them to take part in meetings of deliberative assemblies without fear of being out of order. The object of Rules of Order in deliberative assemblies, is to assist an assembly to accomplish the work for which it was designed, in the best possible manner. To do this, it is necessary to somewhat restrain the individual, as the right of an individual in any community to do what he pleases, is incompatible with the best interests of the whole. Where there is no law, but every man does what is right in his own eyes, there is the least of real liberty. Experience has shown the importance of definiteness in the law; and in this country, where customs are so slightly established and the published manuals of parliamentary practice so conflicting, no society should attempt to conduct business without having adopted some work upon the subject, as the authority in all cases not covered by their own rules.

The second part is a straightforward explanation of the typical ways to conduct business in regular meetings, where motions are categorized by their purposes, and those serving similar functions are compared. This section is specifically aimed at the larger segment of the community who are not familiar with parliamentary procedures and don’t want to spend much time studying the topic. However, they would appreciate learning enough with minimal effort to participate in meetings of deliberative assemblies without the worry of being out of order. The goal of Rules of Order in deliberative assemblies is to help the assembly effectively achieve its intended tasks. To accomplish this, it's necessary to impose some limitations on individuals, as the idea of individual freedom to act as one likes can conflict with the best interests of the whole group. When there is no law, and everyone does what they believe is right, genuine freedom is at its lowest. Experience has shown how crucial it is to have clear laws; and in this country, where customs are not firmly established and published guides on parliamentary practice often contradict each other, no society should attempt to conduct business without adopting a protocol on the subject, which will serve as the authority for any situations not addressed by their own rules.

It has been well said by one of the greatest of English writers on parliamentary law: “Whether these forms be in all cases the most rational or not is really not of so great importance. It is much more material that there should be a rule to go by, than what that rule is, that there may be a uniformity of proceeding in business, not subject to the caprice of the chairman, or captiousness of the members. It is very material that order, decency and regularity be preserved in a dignified public body.”

It has been rightly pointed out by one of the greatest English writers on parliamentary law: “Whether these rules are the most logical in every case isn’t as important as having a rule to follow. What matters more is that there’s consistency in how business is conducted, so it isn’t left to the whims of the chairman or the nitpicking of the members. It’s essential to maintain order, decency, and regularity in a respected public body.”

H. M. R.

H.M.R.

December, 1875.

December 1875.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Preface
Introduction
Parliamentary Law
Plan of the Work
Definitions

Part I.—Rules of Order
Art. I.—Introduction of Business
§ 1. How introduced
§ 2. Obtaining the floor
§ 3. What precedes debate on a question
§ 4. What motions to be in writing, and how they shall be divided
§ 5. Modification of a motion by the mover

Art. II.—General Classification of Motions
§ 6. Principal or Main motions
§ 7. Subsidiary or Secondary motions
§ 8. Incidental motions
§ 9. Privileged motions

Art. III.—Motions and their Order of Precedence
Privileged Motions
§ 10. To fix the time to which to adjourn
§ 11. Adjourn
§ 12. Questions of privilege
§ 13. Orders of the day
Incidental Motions
§ 14. Appeal [Questions of Order]
§ 15. Objection to the consideration of a question
§ 16. Reading papers
§ 17. Withdrawal of a motion
§ 18. Suspension of the Rules
Subsidiary Motions
§ 19. Lie on the table
§ 20. Previous Question
§ 21. Postpone to a certain day
§ 22. Commit [or Re-commit]
§ 23. Amend
§ 24. Postpone indefinitely
Miscellaneous Motions
§ 25. Filling blanks, and Nominations
§ 26. Renewal of a motion
§ 27. Reconsideration

Art. IV.—Committees and Informal Action
§ 28. Committees
§ 29. Form of their Reports
§ 30. Reception of their Reports
§ 31. Adoption of their Reports
§ 32. Committee of the Whole
§ 33. Informal consideration of a question

Art. V.—Debate and Decorum
§ 34. Debate
§ 35. Undebatable questions and those opening the main question to debate
§ 36. Decorum in debate
§ 37. Closing debate, methods of

Art. Art. VI.—Vote
§ 38. Voting, various modes of
§ 39. Motions requiring more than a majority vote

Art. VII.—Officers and the Minutes
§ 40. Chairman or President
§ 41. Clerk, or Secretary, and the Minutes

Art. VIII.—Miscellaneous
§ 42. Session
§ 43. Quorum
§ 44. Order of business
§ 45. Amendment of the Rules of Order

Part II.—Organization and Conduct of Business
Art. IX.—Organization and Meetings
§ 46. An Occasional or Mass Meeting
(a) Organization
(b) Adoption of resolutions
(c) Committee on resolutions
(d) Additional Officers
§ 47. A Convention or Assembly of Delegates
§ 48. A Permanent Society
(a) First meeting
(b) Second meeting
§ 49. Constitutions, By-Laws, Rules of Order and Standing Rules

Art. X.—Officers and Committees
§ 50. President or Chairman
§ 51. Secretary, or Clerk, and the Minutes
§ 52. Treasurer
§ 53. Committees

Art. XI—Introduction of Business
§ 54. Introduction of Business

Art. XII.—Motions
§ 55. Motions classified according to their object
§ 56. To Amend or modify
(a) Amend
(b) Commit
§ 57. To Defer action
(a) Postpone to a certain time
(b) Lie on the table
§ 58. To Suppress Debate
(a) Previous Question
(b) An Order limiting or closing debate
§ 59. To Suppress the question
(a) Objection to its consideration
(b) Postpone indefinitely
(c) Lie on the table
§ 60. To Consider a question the second time
(a) Reconsider
§ 61. Order and Rules
(a) Orders of the day
(b) Special orders
(c) Suspension of the rules
(d) Questions of order
(e) Appeal
§ 62. Miscellaneous
(a) Reading of papers
(b) Withdrawal of a motion
(c) Questions of privilege
§ 63. To close a meeting
(a) Fix the time to which to adjourn
(b) Adjourn
§ 64. Order of Precedence of motions

Art. XIII.—Debate
§ 65. Rules of speaking in debate
§ 66. Undebatable questions and those that open the main question to debate

Art. XIV.—Miscellaneous
§ 67. Forms of stating and putting questions
§ 68. Motions requiring a two-thirds vote for their adoption
§ 69. Unfinished business
§ 70. Session
§ 71. Quorum
§ 72. Order of Business
§ 73. Amendment of Constitutions, By-Laws and Rules of Order

Legal Rights of Deliberative Assemblies
Table of Rules Relating to Motions
Index

INTRODUCTION.

Parliamentary Law.

Parliamentary Law refers originally to the customs and rules of conducting business in the English Parliament; and thence to the customs and rules of our own legislative assemblies. In England these customs and usages of Parliament form a part of the unwritten law of the land, and in our own legislative bodies they are of authority in all cases where they do not conflict with existing rules or precedents.

Parliamentary Law originally refers to the customs and rules for conducting business in the English Parliament and has since been applied to the customs and rules of our own legislative assemblies. In England, these customs and practices of Parliament are part of the unwritten law of the land, and in our legislative bodies, they hold authority in all cases where they do not conflict with existing rules or precedents.

But as a people we have not the respect which the English have for customs and precedents, and are always ready for innovations which we think are improvements, and hence changes have been and are being constantly made in the written rules which our legislative bodies have found best to adopt. As each house adopts its own rules, it results that the two houses of the same legislature do not always agree in their practice; even in Congress the order of precedence of motions is not the same in both houses, and the Previous Question is admitted in the House of Representatives, but not in the Senate. As a consequence of this, the exact method of conducting business in any particular legislative body is to be obtained only from the Legislative Manual of that body.

But as a society, we don't have the same respect for traditions and established practices that the English do, and we're always open to changes we believe are improvements. Because of this, updates have been, and continue to be, made to the written rules that our legislative bodies have deemed best to follow. Since each house creates its own rules, the two houses of the same legislature don't always align in their practices. Even in Congress, the order of motions differs between the two houses; for example, the Previous Question is allowed in the House of Representatives but not in the Senate. As a result, the exact procedures for conducting business in any specific legislative body can only be found in that body's Legislative Manual.

The vast number of societies, political, literary, scientific, benevolent and religious, formed all over the land, though not legislative, are still deliberative in their character, and must have some system of conducting business, and some rules to govern their proceedings, and are necessarily subject to the common parliamentary law where it does not conflict with their own special rules. But as their knowledge of parliamentary law has been obtained from the usages in this country, rather than from the customs of Parliament, it has resulted that these societies have followed the customs of our own legislative bodies, and our people have thus been educated under a system of parliamentary law which is peculiar to this country, and yet so well established as to supersede the English parliamentary law as the common law of ordinary deliberative assemblies.

The large number of organizations—political, literary, scientific, charitable, and religious—that have formed across the country, even though they aren't legislative, still have a deliberative nature. They must have some way to conduct their business and rules to guide their actions, and they're generally subject to common parliamentary law as long as it doesn't conflict with their own specific rules. However, since their understanding of parliamentary law has come from practices in this country rather than from the customs of Parliament, these organizations tend to follow the customs of our own legislative bodies. As a result, our people have been educated under a system of parliamentary law that is unique to this country, which has become so well established that it has replaced English parliamentary law as the standard for regular deliberative assemblies.

The practice of the National House of Representatives should have the same force in this country as the usages of the House of Commons have in England, in determining the general principles of the common parliamentary law of the land; but it does not follow that in every matter of detail the rules of Congress can be appealed to as the common law governing every deliberative assembly. In these matters of detail, the rules of each House of Congress are adapted to their own peculiar wants, and are of no force whatever in other assemblies.

The practices of the National House of Representatives should hold the same weight in this country as the customs of the House of Commons do in England when it comes to establishing the general principles of common parliamentary law. However, this doesn’t mean that the rules of Congress can be referenced as the common law for every deliberative assembly in every specific situation. In these specific matters, the rules of each House of Congress are tailored to their unique needs and have no authority in other assemblies.

But upon all great parliamentary questions, such as what motions can be made, what is their order of precedence, which can be debated, what is their effect, etc., the common law of the land is settled by the practice of the U. S. House of Representatives, and not by that of the English Parliament, the U. S. Senate, or any other body.

But on all major parliamentary issues, like which motions can be made, their order of precedence, which can be debated, and what their effects are, the common law of the land is determined by the practices of the U.S. House of Representatives, not by those of the English Parliament, the U.S. Senate, or any other body.

While in extreme cases there is no difficulty in deciding the question as to whether the practice of Congress determines the common parliamentary law, yet between these extremes there must necessarily be a large number of doubtful cases upon which there would be great difference of opinion, and to avoid the serious difficulties always arising from a lack of definiteness in the law, every deliberative assembly should imitate our legislative bodies in adopting Rules of Order for the conduct of their business.* [Where the practice of Congress differs from that of Parliament upon a material point, the common law of this country follows the practice of Congress. Thus in every American deliberative assembly having no rules for conducting business, the motion to adjourn would be decided to be undebatable, as in Congress, the English parliamentary law to the contrary notwithstanding; so if the Previous Question were negatived, the debate upon the subject would continue as in Congress, whereas in Parliament the subject would be immediately dismissed; so too the Previous Question could be moved when there was before the assembly a motion either to amend, to commit, or to postpone definitely or indefinitely, just as in Congress, notwithstanding that, according to English parliamentary law, the Previous Question could not be moved under such circumstances. When the rules of the two Houses of Congress conflict, the H. R. rules are of greater authority than those of the Senate in determining the parliamentary law of the country, just as the practice of the House of Commons, and not the House of Lords, determines the parliamentary law of England. For instance, though the Senate rules do not allow the motion for the Previous Question, and make the motion to postpone indefinitely take precedence of every other subsidiary motion [§ 7] except to lie on the table, yet the parliamentary law of the land follows the practice of the House of Representatives, in recognizing the Previous Question as a legitimate motion, and assigning to the very lowest rank the motion to postpone indefinitely. But in matters of detail, the rules of the House of Representatives are adapted to the peculiar wants of that body, and are of no authority in any other assembly. No one for instance would accept the following H. R. rules as common parliamentary law in this country: That the chairman, in case of disorderly conduct, would have the power to order the galleries to be cleared; that the ballot could not be used in electing the officers of an assembly; that any fifteen members would be authorized to compel the attendance of absent members and make them pay the expenses of the messengers sent after them; that all committees not appointed by the Chair would have to be appointed by ballot, and if the required number were not elected by a majority vote, then a second ballot must be taken in which a plurality of votes would prevail; that each member would be limited in debate upon any question, to one hour; that a day’s notice must be given of the introduction of a bill, and that before its passage it must be read three times, and that without the special order of the assembly it cannot be read twice the same day. These examples are sufficient to show the absurdity of the idea that the rules of Congress in all things determine the common parliamentary law.]

While there are clear cases where the practice of Congress dictates common parliamentary law, there are many situations in between where opinions vary widely. To avoid the significant problems that arise from unclear laws, every deliberative assembly should follow the example of our legislative bodies by adopting Rules of Order for their proceedings.* [When Congress practices differ from Parliament on important points, the common law in this country follows Congress. For instance, in any American deliberative assembly without specific rules, a motion to adjourn is seen as undebatable, following Congress rather than English parliamentary law; if the Previous Question is rejected, the debate continues as in Congress, while in Parliament the topic would be dropped immediately. Likewise, the Previous Question can be brought up when there's a motion to amend, commit, or postpone, just like in Congress, even though English parliamentary law doesn't allow this. When the rules of both Houses of Congress clash, the House of Representatives' rules take precedence over the Senate's in establishing the country's parliamentary law, similar to how the House of Commons, not the House of Lords, sets parliamentary law in England. For example, although Senate rules don't permit a motion for the Previous Question and give precedence to the motion to postpone indefinitely over other procedural motions [§ 7] except to lie on the table, the parliamentary law in our country follows the House of Representatives’ practice, which recognizes the Previous Question as a valid motion and ranks the motion to postpone indefinitely very low. However, the specifics of the House of Representatives’ rules cater to its unique needs and hold no authority in other assemblies. No one would, for example, accept these House of Representatives rules as common parliamentary law: that the chair could clear the galleries in case of disorder; that ballots couldn't be used to elect assembly officers; that any fifteen members could compel attendance of absentees and make them cover the cost of the messengers sent; that all committees not appointed by the chair would need to be voted on by ballot, and if a majority doesn't elect the required number, a second ballot would be needed where a plurality would suffice; that each member could only speak for one hour on any question; that at least a day’s notice must be given before introducing a bill, which must be read three times before passage, and cannot be read twice on the same day without a special assembly order. These examples clearly illustrate the absurdity of the notion that Congress's rules dictate the common parliamentary law in all respects.]

Plan of the Work.

This Manual is prepared to partially meet this want in deliberative assemblies that are not legislative in their character. It has been made sufficiently complete to answer for the rules of an assembly, until they see fit to adopt special rules conflicting with and superseding any of its rules of detail, such as the Order of Business [§ 44], etc. Even in matters of detail the practice of Congress is followed, wherever it is not manifestly unsuited to ordinary assemblies, and in such cases, in Part I, there will be found, in a foot note, the Congressional practice. In the important matters referred to above, in which the practice of the House of Representatives settles the common parliamentary law of the country, this Manual strictly conforms to such practice.* [On account of the party lines being so strictly drawn in Congress, no such thing as harmony of action is possible, and it has been found best to give a bare majority in the House of Representatives (but not in the Senate) the power to take final action upon a question without allowing of any discussion. In ordinary societies more regard should be paid to the rights of the minority, and a two-thirds vote be required, as in this Manual [§ 39], for sustaining an objection to the introduction of a question, or for adopting a motion for the Previous Question, or for adopting an order closing or limiting debate. In this respect the policy of the Pocket Manual is a mean between those of the House and Senate. But some societies will doubtless find it advantageous to follow the practice of the H. R., and others will prefer that of the Senate. It requires a majority, according to the Pocket Manual, to order the yeas and nays, which is doubtless best in the majority of assemblies; but in all bodies in which the members are responsible to their constituents, a much smaller number should have this power. In Congress it requires but a one-fifth vote, and in some bodies a single member can require a vote to be taken by yeas and nays. Any society adopting this Manual, should make its rules govern them in all cases to which they are applicable, and in which they are not inconsistent with the By-Laws and Rules of Order of the society. Their own rules should include all of the cases where it is desirable to vary from the rules in the Manual, and especially should provide for a Quorum [§ 43], and an Order of Business [§ 44], as suggested in these rules.]

This manual is designed to help with the needs of discussion groups that aren’t legislative in nature. It’s comprehensive enough to serve as the rules for a group until they decide to adopt specific rules that conflict with and replace any of its detailed rules, like the Order of Business [§ 44], etc. Even in specifics, the practices of Congress are followed where they suit regular groups, and in those instances, Part I includes footnotes on Congressional practice. Regarding the important matters mentioned before, where the House of Representatives' practices define the common parliamentary law of the country, this manual adheres closely to those practices.* [Due to the strong party divisions in Congress, achieving harmonious action isn't feasible, so it’s been found best to allow a bare majority in the House of Representatives (but not in the Senate) to take final action on a question without any discussion. In regular societies, more attention should be given to the rights of the minority, requiring a two-thirds vote as outlined in this manual [§ 39] for upholding an objection to introducing a question, or for adopting a motion for the Previous Question, or for enacting an order to close or limit debate. In this regard, the Pocket Manual strikes a balance between the practices of the House and Senate. However, some groups may find it beneficial to adopt the practices of the House of Representatives, while others may prefer those of the Senate. According to the Pocket Manual, a majority is needed to order the yeas and nays, which works best for most assemblies; however, in all bodies where members are answerable to their constituents, a much smaller number should hold this power. In Congress, only a one-fifth vote is required, and in some cases, a single member can request a vote to be taken by yeas and nays. Any group using this manual should ensure their rules guide them in all applicable situations and do not conflict with their By-Laws and Rules of Order. Their own rules should cover all cases where a deviation from the manual's rules is necessary, especially including provisions for a Quorum [§ 43] and an Order of Business [§ 44], as suggested in these guidelines.]

The Manual is divided into two distinct parts, each complete in itself. [The table at the end contains a large amount of information in a tabular form, for easy reference in the midst of the business of a meeting.]

The Manual is divided into two separate parts, each one complete on its own. [The table at the end includes a lot of information in a table format, for easy reference during a meeting.]

Part I contains a set of Rules of Order systematically arranged, as shown in the Table of Contents. Each one of the forty-five sections is complete in itself, so that no one unfamiliar with the work can be misled in examining any particular subject. Cross references are freely used to save repeating from other sections, and by this means the reader, without using the index, is referred to everything in the Rules of Order that has any bearing upon the subject he is investigating. The references are by sections, and for convenience the numbers of the sections are placed at the top of each page. The motions are arranged under the usual classes, in their order of rank, but in the index under the word motion will be found an alphabetical list of all the motions generally used. In reference to each motion there is stated:

Part I includes a set of Rules of Order organized systematically, as outlined in the Table of Contents. Each of the forty-five sections stands alone, so anyone not familiar with the work can easily find information on any specific topic without confusion. Cross-references are used extensively to avoid repetition from other sections, allowing readers to find related information in the Rules of Order relevant to their inquiry without needing the index. The references point to sections, and for convenience, the section numbers are displayed at the top of each page. The motions are categorized under the usual classes, ranked by their order, but in the index under the word 'motion,' you'll find an alphabetical list of all commonly used motions. Each motion includes:

  (1) Of what motions it takes precedence (that is, what motions may, be pending, and yet it be in order to make this motion).
  (2) To what motions it yields (that is, what motions may be made while this motion is pending).
  (3) Whether it is debatable or not.
  (4) Whether it can be amended or not.
  (5) In case the motion can have no subsidiary motion applied to it, the fact is stated [see Adjourn, § 11, for an example: the meaning is, that the particular motion to adjourn, for example, cannot be laid on the table, postponed, committed or amended].
  (6) The effect of the motion if adopted.
  (7) The form of stating the question when peculiar, and whatever other information is necessary to enable one to understand the question.

(1) What motions take priority (that is, what motions can be pending while this motion is still in order).
  (2) What motions it gives way to (that is, what motions can be made while this one is pending).
  (3) Whether it can be debated or not.
  (4) Whether it can be changed or not.
  (5) If the motion can't have any other motions applied to it, this fact is noted [see Adjourn, § 11, for an example: this means that the specific motion to adjourn, for instance, can't be laid on the table, postponed, sent to committee, or amended].
  (6) The impact of the motion if it's approved.
  (7) The way to state the question when it's unusual, and any other information needed to help someone understand the question.

Part II. While the second part covers the entire ground of the first part, it does so in a much simpler manner, being intended for those who have no acquaintance with the usages of deliberative assemblies. It also explains the method of organizing an assembly or society, and conducting a meeting. The motions are treated on an entirely different plan, being classified according to the objects for which they are used, and those of each class compared together so that the reader may obtain the best motion for the accomplishment of any given object. It omits the complications of parliamentary law, and has but few references to the rules of Congress, or those in this Manual. In order to make it complete in itself, it was necessary to repeat a few pages from the first part.

Part II. While the second part covers everything in the first part, it does so in a much simpler way, aimed at those who are not familiar with the practices of deliberative assemblies. It also explains how to organize an assembly or society and how to run a meeting. The motions are discussed in a completely different way, being categorized based on their purposes, and those in each category are compared so that the reader can find the best motion for achieving any specific goal. It leaves out the complexities of parliamentary law and includes only a few references to Congress rules or those in this Manual. To make it a standalone resource, it was necessary to repeat a few pages from the first part.

Definitions.

In addition to the terms defined above (taking precedence of, yielding to and applying to, see p. 14), there are other terms that are liable to be misunderstood, to which attention should he called.

In addition to the terms defined above (taking precedence of, yielding to, and applying to, see p. 14), there are other terms that might be misunderstood, which should be highlighted.

Meeting and Session.—In this Manual the term “meeting” is used to denote an assembling together of the members of a deliberative assembly for any length of time, during which there is no separation of the members by adjournment. An adjournment to meet again at some other time, even the same day, terminates the meeting, but not the session, which latter includes all the adjourned meetings. The next meeting, in this case, would be an “adjourned meeting” of the same session.

Meeting and Session.—In this Manual, the term "meeting" refers to a gathering of the members of a decision-making group for any duration, during which the members are not separated by an adjournment. An adjournment to reconvene at a later time, even the same day, ends the meeting, but not the session, which includes all the adjourned meetings. The next meeting, in this case, would be considered an "adjourned meeting" of the same session.

A “meeting” of an assembly is terminated by a temporary adjournment; a “session” of an assembly ends with an adjournment without day, and may consist of many meetings [see Session, § 42].

A “meeting” of an assembly is ended by a temporary break; a “session” of an assembly concludes with an adjournment without a set date and can include several meetings [see Session, § 42].

Previous Question—This term is frequently understood to refer to the question previously under consideration. As used in this country it is equivalent to a motion to “Stop debate, and proceed to voting on all the questions before the assembly,” with certain exceptions, where it affects only one motion (as to postpone, to reconsider and an appeal; see § 20 for a full explanation).

Previous Question—This term is commonly understood to refer to the question that was just discussed. In this country, it means a motion to "stop the debate and move to a vote on all the questions before the assembly," with some exceptions, where it applies only to one motion (like postponing, reconsidering, or an appeal; see § 20 for a full explanation).

Shall the Question be Considered (or discussed)? This question, which is put as soon as a subject is brought before an assembly, if any member “objects to its consideration” (or “discussion,” or “introduction”), is not intended to merely cut off debate, but to prevent the question from coming before the assembly for its action. If decided by a two-thirds vote in the negative, the question is removed from before the assembly immediately [see § 15].

Shall the Question be Considered (or discussed)? This question, which is raised as soon as a topic is presented to a group, if any member “objects to its consideration” (or “discussion,” or “introduction”), is not meant to simply stop the conversation, but to stop the topic from being brought before the group for a decision. If decided by a two-thirds vote against it, the question is immediately removed from the group’s agenda [see § 15].

Whenever the word “assembly,” which is used throughout these rules, occurs in forms of motions (as in Appeals, § 14), it is better to replace it by the special term used to designate the particular assembly; as for instance, “Society,” or “Convention,” or “Board.” The term “Congress,” when used in this Manual, refers to the House of Representatives of the U.S.

Whenever the word “assembly,” which is used throughout these rules, appears in forms of motions (like in Appeals, § 14), it's better to use the specific term that identifies the particular assembly; for example, “Society,” “Convention,” or “Board.” The term “Congress,” when used in this Manual, refers to the House of Representatives of the U.S.

Part I.
Rules of Order.

Art. I. Introduction of Business.
[§§ 1-5.]

1. All business should be brought before the assembly by a motion of a member, or by the presentation of a communication to the assembly. It is not usual, however, to make a motion to receive the reports of committees [§ 30] or communications to the assembly; and in many other cases in the ordinary routine of business, the formality of a motion is dispensed with; but should any member object, a regular motion becomes necessary.

1. All business should be introduced to the assembly by a member's motion or by presenting a communication to the assembly. However, it's not common to make a motion to accept committee reports [§ 30] or communications to the assembly; in many other cases during regular business, the formality of a motion is skipped. But if any member objects, a formal motion is required.

2. Before a member can make a motion or address the assembly upon any question, it is necessary that he obtain the floor; that is, he must rise and address the presiding officer by his title, thus: “Mr. Chairman” [§ 34], who will then announce the member’s name. Where two or more rise at the same time the Chairman must decide who is entitled to the floor, which he does by announcing that member’s name. From this decision, however, an appeal [§ 14] can he taken; though if there is any doubt as to who is entitled to the floor, the Chairman can at the first allow the assembly to decide the question by a vote—the one getting the largest vote being entitled to the floor.

2. Before a member can make a motion or speak to the assembly about any issue, they need to get the floor; that is, they must stand up and address the presiding officer by their title, saying: “Mr. Chairman” [§ 34], who will then announce the member's name. If two or more people stand up at the same time, the Chairman must determine who gets the floor, which he does by announcing that member's name. However, an appeal [§ 14] can be made from this decision; if there is uncertainty about who has the right to the floor, the Chairman can allow the assembly to vote on the issue—whoever gets the most votes is entitled to the floor.

The member upon whose motion the subject under discussion was brought before the assembly (or, in case of a committee’s report, the one who presented the report) is entitled to be recognized as having the floor (if he has not already had it during that discussion), notwithstanding another member may have first risen and addressed the Chair. If the Chairman rise to speak before the floor has been assigned to any one, it is the duty of a member who may have previously risen to take his seat. [See Decorum in Debate, § 36.]

The member who made the motion to bring the topic to the assembly (or, if it’s a committee report, the one who presented it) has the right to be recognized as having the floor (unless they’ve already spoken during that discussion), even if another member stood up first to address the Chair. If the Chair speaks before the floor is given to anyone, any member who was previously standing should sit down. [See Decorum in Debate, § 36.]

When a member has obtained the floor, he cannot be cut off from addressing the assembly, nor be interrupted in this speech by a motion to adjourn, or for any purpose, by either the Chairman or any member, except (a) to have entered on the minutes a motion to reconsider [§ 27]; (b) by a call to order [§ 14]; (c) by an objection to the consideration of the question [§ 15]; or (d) by a call for the orders of the day [§ 13].* [See note to § 61.] In such cases the member when he arises and addresses the Chair should state at once for what purpose he rises, as, for instance, that he “rises to a point of order.” A call for an adjournment, or for the question, by members in their seats, is not a motion; as no motion can be made, without rising and addressing, the Chair, and being announced by the presiding officer. Such calls for the question are themselves breaches of order, and do not prevent the speaker from going on if he pleases.

When a member has the floor, they cannot be interrupted while speaking, nor can a motion to adjourn or any other motion by the Chair or any member cut them off, except for (a) to enter a motion to reconsider [§ 27]; (b) a call to order [§ 14]; (c) an objection to the consideration of the question [§ 15]; or (d) a call for the orders of the day [§ 13].* [See note to § 61.] In these instances, when a member stands to address the Chair, they should immediately state the purpose of their rise, such as saying they “rise to a point of order.” A call for an adjournment or for the question by members in their seats does not count as a motion; since no motion can be made without standing and addressing the Chair and being recognized by the presiding officer. Such calls for the question are themselves breaches of order and do not stop the speaker from continuing if they choose to.

3. Before any subject is open to debate [§ 34] it is necessary, first, that a motion he made; second, that it be seconded, (see exceptions below); and third, that it be stated by the presiding officer. When the motion is in writing it shall be handed to the Chairman, and read before it is debated.

3. Before any topic can be discussed [§ 34], the following steps must be taken: first, someone has to make a motion; second, that motion needs to be seconded (see exceptions below); and third, it must be presented by the presiding officer. If the motion is written down, it should be handed to the Chairman and read before the discussion begins.

This does not prevent suggestions of alterations, before the question is stated by the presiding officer. To the contrary, much time may be saved by such informal remarks; which, however, must never be allowed to run into debate. The member who offers the motion, until it has been stated by the presiding officer, can modify his motion, or even withdraw it entirely; after it is stated he can do neither, without the consent of the assembly. [See §§ 5 and 17]. When the mover modifies his motion, the one who seconded it can withdraw his second.

This doesn’t stop people from suggesting changes before the presiding officer presents the question. In fact, informal comments can save a lot of time; however, these should never turn into a debate. The member who proposes the motion can change it or completely take it back before the presiding officer states it; after it’s been stated, they cannot do either without the assembly's approval. [See §§ 5 and 17]. If the person who proposed the motion changes it, the one who seconded it can withdraw their support.

Exceptions: A call for the order of the day, a question of order (though not an appeal), or an objection to the consideration of a question [§§ 13, 14, 15], does not have to be seconded; and many questions of routine are not seconded or even made; the presiding officer merely announcing that, if no objection is made, such will be considered the action of the assembly.

Exceptions: A call for the agenda, a question about the rules (but not an appeal), or an objection to discussing a question [§§ 13, 14, 15] doesn't need a second; and many routine questions aren't seconded or even brought up; the presiding officer just announces that, if there are no objections, that will be considered the action of the assembly.

4. All Principal Motions [§ 6], Amendments and Instructions to Committees, should be in writing, if required by the presiding officer. Although a question is complicated, and capable of being made into several questions, no one member (without there is a special rule allowing it) can insist upon its being divided; his resource is to move that the question be divided, specifying in his motion how it is to be divided. Any one else can move as an amendment to this, to divide it differently.

4. All main motions [§ 6], amendments, and instructions to committees should be in writing if the presiding officer requires it. Even if a question is complicated and can be broken down into several questions, no one member (unless there is a special rule allowing it) can demand that it be divided; the member's option is to propose that the question be divided, specifying in their motion how it should be divided. Anyone else can propose an amendment to this to divide it in a different way.

This Division of a Question is really an amendment [§ 23], and subject to the same rules. Instead of moving a division of the question, the same result can be usually attained by moving some other form of an amendment. When the question is divided, each separate question must be a proper one for the assembly to act upon, even if none of the others were adopted. Thus, a motion to “commit with instructions,” is indivisible, because if divided, and the motion to commit should fail, then the other motion to instruct the committee would be improper, as there would be no committee to instruct.* [The 46th Rule of the House of Representatives requires the division of a question on the demand of one member, provided “it comprehends propositions in substance so distinct that one being taken away, a substantive proposition shall remain for the decision of the House.” But this does not allow a division so as to have a vote on separate items or names. The 121st Rule expressly provides that on the demand of one-fifth of the members a separate vote shall be taken on such items separately, and others collectively, as shall be specified in the call, in the case of a bill making appropriations for internal improvements. But this right to divide a question into items extends to no case but the one specified. The common parliamentary law allows of no division except when the assembly orders it, and in ordinary assemblies this rule will be found to give less trouble than the Congressional one.]

This Division of a Question is actually an amendment [§ 23] and follows the same rules. Instead of requesting a division of the question, you can usually achieve the same outcome by proposing a different kind of amendment. When a question is divided, each separate question needs to be appropriate for the assembly to act on, even if none of the others get adopted. For example, a motion to “commit with instructions” is indivisible because if it were divided and the motion to commit failed, then the motion to instruct the committee would be improper, as there wouldn't be a committee to instruct.* [The 46th Rule of the House of Representatives requires the division of a question at the demand of one member, as long as “it involves propositions that are so distinct that removing one leaves a substantive proposition for the House to decide.” However, this does not allow for a division to have a vote on separate items or names. The 121st Rule specifically states that upon the request of one-fifth of the members, a separate vote will be taken on specific items individually, while others will be voted on collectively, in the case of a bill making appropriations for internal improvements. However, this right to divide a question into items only applies to the specified case. Common parliamentary law allows no division unless the assembly orders it, and in regular assemblies, this rule generally causes less trouble than the Congressional one.]

The motion to “strike out certain words and insert others,” is indivisible, as it is strictly one proposition.

The motion to “remove certain words and add others” is indivisible, as it is strictly a single proposition.

5. After a question has been stated by the presiding officer, it is in the possession of the assembly for debate; the mover cannot withdraw or modify it, if any one objects, except by obtaining leave from the assembly [§ 17], or by moving an amendment.

5. Once the presiding officer has stated a question, it belongs to the assembly for discussion; the person who raised it cannot take it back or change it if someone objects, unless they get permission from the assembly [§ 17], or by proposing an amendment.

Art. II. General Classification of Motions.
[§§ 6-9.]

6. A Principal or Main Question or Motion, is a motion made to bring before the assembly, for its consideration, any particular subject. No Principal Motion can be made when any other question is before the assembly. It takes precedence of nothing, and yields to all Privileged, Incidental and Subsidiary Questions [§§ 7, 8, 9].

6. A Principal or Main Question or Motion is a motion presented to the assembly for discussion on a specific topic. No Principal Motion can be introduced while another question is already being considered. It does not take priority over anything and must yield to all Privileged, Incidental, and Subsidiary Questions [§§ 7, 8, 9].

7. Subsidiary or Secondary Questions or Motions relate to a Principal Motion, and enable the assembly to dispose of it in the most appropriate manner. These motions take precedence of the Principal Question, and must be decided before the Principal Question can be acted upon. They yield to Privileged and Incidental Questions [§§ 8, 9], and are as follows (being arranged in their order of precedence among themselves):

7. Subsidiary or Secondary Questions or Motions relate to a Principal Motion and allow the assembly to handle it in the best way possible. These motions take priority over the Principal Question and must be resolved before action can be taken on the Principal Question. They come after Privileged and Incidental Questions [§§ 8, 9], and are listed here (arranged in their order of precedence):

Lie on the Table ……………….. See § 19.
The Previous Question …………… ” § 20.
Postpone to a Certain Day ……….. ” § 21.
Commit ………………………… ” § 22.
Amend …………………………. ” § 23.
Postpone Indefinitely …………… ” § 24.

Lie on the Table ……………….. See § 19.
The Previous Question …………… ” § 20.
Postpone to a Certain Day ……….. ” § 21.
Commit ………………………… ” § 22.
Amend …………………………. ” § 23.
Postpone Indefinitely …………… ” § 24.

Any of these motions (except Amend) can be made when one of a lower order is pending, but none can supersede one of a higher order. They cannot be applied* [See Plan of Work and Definitions, in Introduction, for explanation of some of these technical terms.] to one another except in the following cases: (a) the Previous Question applies to the motion to Postpone, without affecting the principal motion, and can, if specified, be applied to a pending amendment [§ 20]; (b) the motions to Postpone to a certain day, and to Commit, can be amended; and (c) a motion to Amend the minutes can be laid on the table without carrying the minutes with it [§ 19].

Any of these motions (except for Amend) can be made while a lower-order motion is in progress, but none can override a higher-order motion. They can't be used in relation to each other except in these situations: (a) the Previous Question can be applied to the motion to Postpone without affecting the main motion and can also, if specified, be applied to a pending amendment [§ 20]; (b) the motions to Postpone to a certain day and to Commit can be amended; and (c) a motion to Amend the minutes can be tabled without involving the minutes themselves [§ 19].

8. Incidental Questions are such as arise out of other questions, and, consequently, take precedence of, and are to be decided before, the questions which give rise to them. They yield to Privileged Questions [§ 9], and cannot be amended. Excepting an Appeal, they are undebatable; an Appeal is debatable or not, according to circumstances, as shown in § 14. They are as follows:

8. Incidental Questions are those that come up as a result of other questions, and therefore, they take priority and must be resolved before the questions that lead to them. They give way to Privileged Questions [§ 9], and cannot be changed. Except for an Appeal, they can’t be debated; whether an Appeal can be discussed depends on the situation, as indicated in § 14. They are as follows:

  Appeal (or Questions of Order) ……………………… See § 14.
  Objection to the Consideration of a Question …………. ” § 15.
  The Reading of Papers ……………………………… ” § 16.
  Leave to Withdraw a Motion …………………………. ” § 17.
  Suspension of the Rules ……………………………. ” § 18.

Appeal (or Questions of Order) ……………………… See § 14.
  Objection to the Consideration of a Question …………. ” § 15.
  The Reading of Papers ……………………………… ” § 16.
  Permission to Withdraw a Motion …………………………. ” § 17.
  Suspension of the Rules ……………………………. ” § 18.

9. Privileged Questions are such as, on account of their importance, take precedence over all other questions whatever, and on account of this very privilege they are undebatable [§ 35], excepting when relating to the rights of the assembly or its members, as otherwise they could be made use of so as to seriously interrupt business. They are as follows (being arranged in their order of precedence among themselves):

9. Privileged Questions are those that are so important they take priority over all other questions, and because of this special status, they can’t be debated [§ 35], unless they concern the rights of the assembly or its members. Otherwise, they could disrupt business significantly. They are listed here (in order of their priority):

  To Fix the Time to which the Assembly shall Adjourn …… See § 10.
  Adjourn ………………………………………….. ” § 11.
  Questions relating to the Rights and
    Privileges of the Assembly or any of
    its Members …………………………………….. ” § 12.
  Call for the Orders of the Day ……………………… ” § 13.

To Set the Time for the Assembly to Adjourn …… See § 10.
  Adjourn ………………………………………….. ” § 11.
  Questions about the Rights and
    Privileges of the Assembly or any of
    its Members …………………………………….. ” § 12.
  Request for the Orders of the Day ……………….. ” § 13.

Art. III. Motions and their Order of Precedence.* [For a list of all the ordinary motions, arranged in their order of precedence, see § 64. All the Privileged and Subsidiary ones in this Article are so arranged.] [§§ 10-27.]

Privileged Motions.
[§§ 10-13. See § 9.]

10. To Fix the Time to which the Assembly shall Adjourn. This motion takes precedence of all others, and is in order even after the assembly has voted to adjourn, provided the Chairman has not announced the result of the vote. If made when another question is before the assembly, it is undebatable [§ 35]; it can be amended by altering the time. If made when no other question is before the asembly, it stands as any other principal motion, and is debatable.** [In ordinary societies it is better to follow the common parliamentary law, and permit this question to be introduced as a principal question, when it can be debated and suppressed [§ 58, 59] like other questions. In Congress, it is never debatable, and has entirely superseded the unprivileged and inferior motion to “adjourn to a particular time.”]

10. To Set the Time for Adjournment of the Assembly. This motion takes priority over all others and can be made even after the assembly has voted to adjourn, as long as the Chairman hasn't announced the vote result. If it's proposed while another issue is being discussed, it can't be debated [§ 35] and can be modified by changing the time. If it's proposed when there are no other issues being discussed, it is treated like any other main motion and can be debated. **[In regular groups, it's usually better to follow standard parliamentary rules and allow this question to be presented as a main issue, where it can be debated and resolved [§ 58, 59] like other matters. In Congress, it is never up for debate and has completely replaced the lesser and unprivileged motion to "adjourn to a specific time."]**

The Form of this motion is, “When this assembly adjourns, it adjourns to meet at such a time.”

The wording of this motion is, “When this assembly adjourns, it adjourns to meet at a specific time.”

11. To Adjourn. This motion (when unqualified) takes precedence of all others, except to “fix the time to which to adjourn,” to which it yields. It is not debatable, and cannot be amended, or have any other subsidiary motion [§ 7] applied to it. If qualified in any way it loses its privileged character, and stands as any other principal motion. The motion to adjourn can be repeated if there has been any intervening business, though it be simply progress in debate [§ 26]. When a committee is through with any business referred to it, and prepared to report, instead of adjourning, a motion should be made “to rise,” which motion, in committee, has the same privileges as to adjourn in the assembly [§ 32].

11. To Adjourn. This motion (when not specified) takes priority over all others, except for the motion to “fix the time to which to adjourn,” which it yields to. It cannot be debated, amended, or have any other secondary motion [§ 7] applied to it. If it's specified in any way, it loses its priority and acts like any other main motion. The motion to adjourn can be repeated if there's been any business in between, even if it's just progress in debate [§ 26]. When a committee has finished any business assigned to it and is ready to report, instead of adjourning, a motion should be made “to rise,” which in committee holds the same privileges as adjourning in the assembly [§ 32].

The effect upon Unfinished Business of an adjournment is as follows* [“After six days from the commencement of a second or subsequent session of any Congress, all bills, resolutions and reports which originated in the House, and at the close of the next preceding session remained undetermined, shall be resumed, and acted on in the same manner as if an adjournment had not taken place.” Rule 136, H. R. Any ordinary society that meets as seldom as once each year, is apt to be composed of as different membership at its successive meetings, as any two successive Congresses, and only trouble would result from allowing unfinished business to hold over to the next yearly meeting.] [see Session, § 42]:

The impact of an adjournment on Unfinished Business is as follows: ["After six days from the start of a second or subsequent session of any Congress, all bills, resolutions, and reports that originated in the House and remained undecided at the end of the previous session shall be taken up and dealt with just like if there hadn't been an adjournment." Rule 136, H. R. Any ordinary organization that meets as infrequently as once a year is likely to have a completely different group of members at each meeting, similar to how two successive Congresses differ, and it would only cause issues to let unfinished business carry over to the next annual meeting.] [see Session, § 42]:

(a) When it does not close the session, the business interrupted by the adjournment is the first in order after the reading of the minutes at the next meeting, and is treated the same as if there had been no adjournment; an adjourned meeting being legally the continuation of the meeting of which it is an adjournment.

(a) When the session isn’t closed, the business that was interrupted by the adjournment comes first after the minutes are read at the next meeting and is handled as if there hadn’t been an adjournment; an adjourned meeting is legally considered a continuation of the meeting from which it was adjourned.

(b) When it closes a session in an assembly which has more than one regular session each year, then the unfinished business is taken up at the next succeeding session previous to new business, and treated the same as if there had been no adjournment [see § 44, for its place in the order of business]. Provided, that, in a body elected for a definite time (as a board of directors elected for one year), unfinished business falls to the ground with the expiration of the term for which the board or any portion of them were elected.

(b) When it wraps up a session in an assembly that has more than one regular session each year, any unfinished business is addressed at the next session before new business and is handled as if there had been no break [see § 44, for its place in the order of business]. However, in a group elected for a specific term (like a board of directors elected for one year), any unfinished business becomes null when the term for which the board or any of its members were elected ends.

(c) When the adjournment closes a session in an assembly which does not meet more frequently than once a year, or when the assembly is an elective body, and this session ends the term of a portion of the members, the adjournment shall put an end to all business unfinished at the close of the session. The business can be introduced at the next session, the same as if it had never been before the assembly.

(c) When the adjournment ends a session in a group that meets no more than once a year, or when the group is an elected body and this session marks the end of the term for some members, the adjournment will conclude all unfinished business at the end of the session. The unfinished business can be brought up at the next session as if it had never been discussed before the group.

12. Questions of Privilege. Questions relating to the rights and privileges of the assembly, or any of its members, take precedence of all other questions, except the two preceding, to which they yield. The Previous Question [§ 20] can be applied to these, as to all other debatable questions.

12. Questions of Privilege. Questions regarding the rights and privileges of the assembly or any of its members take priority over all other questions, except for the two mentioned before, to which they must defer. The Previous Question [§ 20] can be used for these, just like for all other debatable questions.

13. Orders of the Day. A call for the Orders of the Day takes precedence of every other motion, excepting to Reconsider [§ 27], and the three preceding, to which latter three it yields, and is not debatable, nor can it be amended. It does not require to be seconded.

13. Orders of the Day. A call for the Orders of the Day takes priority over any other motion, except for the motion to Reconsider [§ 27], and the three motions that come before it, to which it gives way. It is not open for debate or amendments, and it does not need a second.

When one or more subjects have been assigned to a particular day or hour, they become the Orders of the Day for that day or hour, and they cannot be considered before that time, except by a two-thirds vote [§ 39]. And when that day or hour arrives, if called up, they take precedence of all but the three preceding questions [§§ 10, 11, 12]. Instead of considering them, the assembly may appoint another time for their consideration. If not taken up on the day specified, the order falls to the ground.

When one or more topics have been scheduled for a specific day or time, they become the Orders of the Day for that day or time, and they can't be discussed before then, unless a two-thirds majority agrees [§ 39]. When that day or time comes, if brought up, they take priority over everything except the three prior questions [§§ 10, 11, 12]. Instead of discussing them, the group may choose to schedule another time to go over them. If they aren't addressed on the designated day, the order is dropped.

When the Orders of the Day are taken up, it is necessary to take up the separate questions in their exact order, the one first assigned to the day or hour, taking precedence of one afterwards assigned to the same day or hour. (A motion to take up a particular part of the Orders of the Day, or a certain question, is not a privileged motion). Any of the subjects, when taken up, instead of being then considered, can be assigned to some other time.

When the agenda is addressed, it’s essential to discuss the individual topics in their specific order, with the first one scheduled for the day or hour having priority over any that were assigned later that day or hour. (A request to discuss a specific part of the agenda, or a certain question, is not considered a privileged motion.) Any of the topics, once addressed, can be postponed for discussion at a later time.

The Form of this question, as put by the Chair when the proper time arrives, or on the call of a member, is, “Shall the Order of the Day be taken up?” or, “Will the assembly now proceed with the Orders of the Day?”

The way this question is asked by the Chair when the right moment comes or at a member's request is, “Should we take up the Order of the Day?” or, “Is the assembly ready to proceed with the Orders of the Day?”

The Effect of an affirmative vote on a call for the Orders of the Day, is to remove the question under consideration from before the assembly, the same as if it had been interrupted by an adjournment [§ 11].

The effect of a yes vote on a call for the Orders of the Day is to take the question being discussed off the table, just like it would be if the assembly was interrupted by an adjournment [§ 11].

The Effect of a negative vote is to dispense with the orders merely so far as they interfere with the consideration of the question then before the assembly.

The effect of a negative vote is to eliminate the orders only to the extent that they interfere with the discussion of the issue currently being considered by the assembly.

Incidental Motions.
[§§ 14-18; see § 8]

14. Appeal [Questions of Order]. A Question of Order takes precedence of the question giving rise to it, and must be decided by the presiding officer without debate. If a member objects to the decision, he says, “I appeal from the decision of the Chair.” If the Appeal is seconded, the Chairman immediately states the question as follows: “Shall the decision of the Chair stand as the judgement of the assembly?”* [The word Assembly can be replaced by Society, Convention, Board, etc., according to the name of the organization.] This Appeal yields to Privileged Questions [§ 9]. It cannot be amended; it cannot be debated when it relates simply to indecorum [§ 36], or to transgressions of the rules of speaking, or to the priority of business, or if it is made while the previous question [§ 20] is pending. When debatable, no member is allowed to speak but once, and whether debatable or not, the presiding officer, without leaving the Chair, can state the reasons upon which he bases his decision. The motions to Lie on the Table [§ 19], or for the Previous Question [§ 20], can be applied to an Appeal, when it is debatable, and when adopted they affect nothing but the Appeal. The vote on an Appeal may also be reconsidered [§ 27]. An Appeal is not in order when another Appeal is pending.

14. Appeal [Questions of Order]. A Question of Order takes precedence over the question that caused it and must be decided by the presiding officer without any debate. If a member disagrees with the decision, they say, “I appeal from the decision of the Chair.” If someone seconds the appeal, the Chairman immediately asks, “Should the decision of the Chair be upheld as the judgement of the assembly?”* [The term Assembly can be replaced with Society, Convention, Board, etc., depending on the organization's name.] This Appeal is subordinate to Privileged Questions [§ 9]. It cannot be changed; it cannot be debated when it simply involves indecorum [§ 36], violations of speaking rules, the order of business, or if it is made while the previous question [§ 20] is still open. When it is debatable, no member can speak more than once, and regardless of whether it is debatable or not, the presiding officer, without leaving their position, can explain the reasons for their decision. The motions to Lie on the Table [§ 19] or for the Previous Question [§ 20] can be used in relation to an Appeal when it is debatable, and if passed, they only affect the Appeal itself. The vote on an Appeal can also be reconsidered [§ 27]. An Appeal cannot be made when another Appeal is currently pending.

It is the duty of the presiding officer to enforce the rules and orders of the assembly, without debate or delay. It is also the right of every member, who notices a breach of a rule to insist upon its enforcement. In such cases he shall rise from his seat, and say, “Mr. Chairman, I rise to a point of order.” The speaker should immediately take his seat, and the Chairman requests the member to state his point of order, which he does, and resumes his seat. The Chair decides the point, and then, if no appeal is taken, permits the first member to resume his speech. If the member’s remarks are decided to be improper, and any one objects to his continuing his speech, he cannot continue it without a vote of the assembly to that effect. Instead of the method just described, it is usual, when it is simply a case of improper language used in debate, for a member to say, “I call the gentleman to order;” the Chairman decides whether the speaker is in or out of order, and proceeds as before. The Chairman can ask the advice of members when he has to decide questions of order, but the advice must be given sitting, to avoid the appearance of debate; or the Chair, when unable to decide the question, may at once submit it to the assembly. The effect of laying an appeal on the table, is to sustain, at least for the time, the decision of the Chair, and does not carry to the table the question which gave rise to the question of order.

It is the presiding officer's responsibility to enforce the rules and orders of the assembly without any discussion or delay. Every member has the right to point out a rule violation and insist on its enforcement. In these situations, the member should stand up and say, “Mr. Chairman, I have a point of order.” The speaker should immediately take their seat, and the Chairman will ask the member to explain their point of order, which the member does before sitting down again. The Chair will make a decision about the point. If no one challenges that decision, the first member can continue their speech. If the member’s comments are deemed inappropriate and someone objects to them continuing, they can’t proceed without a vote from the assembly allowing it. Instead of following the method just mentioned, if it’s simply a case of inappropriate language in the debate, a member can say, “I call the gentleman to order.” The Chairman will decide if the speaker is in order or not and will proceed as described before. The Chairman can seek advice from members when making decisions about order, but the advice should be given while sitting to prevent the appearance of a debate. If the Chair can’t decide on the question, they may directly submit it to the assembly. Putting an appeal on the table temporarily upholds the Chair's decision and does not carry the original question itself to the table.

15. Objection to the Consideration of a Question. An objection can be made to any principal motion [§ 6], but only when it is first introduced, before it has been debated. It is similar to a question of order [§ 14,] in that it can be made while another member has the floor, and does not require a second; and as the Chairman can call a member to order, so can he put this question if he deems it necessary, upon his own responsibility. It can not be debated [§ 35] or have any subsidiary motion [§ 7] applied to it. When a motion is made and any member “objects to its consideration,” the Chairman shall immediately put the question, “Will the assembly consider it?” or, “Shall the question be considered” [or discussed]? If decided in the negative by a two-thirds vote [§ 39], the whole matter is dismissed for that session [§ 42]; otherwise the discussion continues as if this question had never been made.

15. Objection to the Consideration of a Question. You can raise an objection to any main motion [§ 6], but only when it's first brought up, before any debate has happened. It's similar to a question of order [§ 14] because it can be raised while another member is speaking, and it doesn't need a second. Just like the Chairman can call a member to order, he can also address this question if he thinks it's necessary, on his own authority. It cannot be debated [§ 35] or have any secondary motion [§ 7] attached to it. When a motion is made and a member “objects to its consideration,” the Chairman will immediately ask, “Will the assembly consider it?” or, “Shall the question be considered” [or discussed]? If the answer is no, decided by a two-thirds vote [§ 39], the entire matter is dismissed for that session [§ 42]; otherwise, the discussion continues as if this question had never been raised.

The Object of this motion is not to cut off debate (for which other motions are provided, see § 37), but to enable the assembly to avoid altogether any question which it may deem irrelevant, unprofitable or contentious.* [In Congress, the introduction of such questions could be temporarily prevented by a majority vote under the 41st Rule of the House of Representatives, which is as follows: “Where any motion or proposition is made, the question, ‘Will the House now consider it?’ shall not be put unless it is demanded by some member, or is deemed necessary by the Speaker.” The English use the “Previous Question,” for a similar purpose [see note to § 20]. The question of consideration is seldom raised in Congress, but in assemblies with very short sessions, where but few questions can or should be considered, it seems a necessity that two-thirds of the assembly should be able to instantly throw out a question they do not wish to consider. The more common form, in ordinary societies, of putting this question, is, “Shall the question be discussed?” The form to which preference is given in the rule conforms more to the Congressional one, and is less liable to be misunderstood.]

The purpose of this motion isn’t to shut down debate (for which other motions are available, see § 37), but to allow the assembly to completely avoid any issue it considers irrelevant, unhelpful, or contentious.* [In Congress, a majority vote can temporarily block such questions under the 41st Rule of the House of Representatives, which states: “When a motion or proposal is made, the question, ‘Will the House now consider it?’ shall not be asked unless someone demands it, or the Speaker feels it’s necessary.” The English use the “Previous Question” for a similar purpose [see note to § 20]. The question of consideration rarely comes up in Congress, but in assemblies with very short sessions, where only a few issues can or should be addressed, it seems essential that two-thirds of the assembly can quickly dismiss a question they don’t want to discuss. The more common way to phrase this in regular groups is, “Shall the question be discussed?” The phrasing preferred in the rule aligns more with the Congressional approach and is less likely to be misunderstood.]

16. Reading Papers. [For the order of precedence, see § 8.] Where papers are laid before the assembly, every member has a right to have them once read before he can be compelled to vote on them, and whenever a member asks for the reading of any such paper, evidently for information, and not for delay, the Chair should direct it to be read, if no one objects. But a member has not the right to have anything read (excepting stated above) without getting permission from the assembly.

16. Reading Papers. [For the order of precedence, see § 8.] When documents are presented to the assembly, every member has the right to have them read aloud at least once before they can be forced to vote on them. If a member requests the reading of any document for information purposes and not to stall, the Chair should have it read unless there's an objection. However, a member cannot request anything to be read (except as stated above) without the assembly's permission.

17. Withdrawal of a Motion. [For order of precedence, see § 8.] When a question is before the assembly and the mover wishes to withdraw or modify it, or substitute a different one in its place, if no one objects, the presiding officer grants the permission; if any objection is made, it will be necessary to obtain leave to withdraw, etc., on a motion for that purpose. This motion cannot be debated or amended. When a motion is withdrawn, the effect is the same as if it had never been made.* [In Congress, a motion may be withdrawn by the mover, before a decision or amendment [Rule 40, H. R.]. Nothing would be gained in ordinary societies by varying from the common law as stated above.]

17. Withdrawal of a Motion. [For order of precedence, see § 8.] When a question is before the assembly and the person who proposed it wants to withdraw or change it, or replace it with a different one, if no one objects, the presiding officer grants permission; if there is any objection, a request to withdraw must be made through a motion for that purpose. This motion cannot be debated or changed. When a motion is withdrawn, it's as if it was never proposed.* [In Congress, a motion can be withdrawn by the proposer before any decision or change is made [Rule 40, H. R.]. There would be no benefit for regular organizations to deviate from the established common law as mentioned above.]

18. Suspension of the Rules. [For the order of precedence, see § 8.] This motion is not debatable, and cannot be amended, nor can any subsidiary [§ 7] motion be applied to it, nor a vote on it be reconsidered [§ 27], nor a motion to suspend the rules for the same purpose be renewed [§ 26] at the same meeting, though it may be renewed after an adjournment, though the next meeting be held the same day.* [In Congress, it cannot be renewed the same day.] The rules of the assembly shall not be suspended except for a definite purpose, and by a two-thirds vote.

18. Suspension of the Rules. [For the order of precedence, see § 8.] This motion is not open for debate, cannot be changed, and no related [§ 7] motion can be applied to it, nor can a vote on it be reconsidered [§ 27], nor can a motion to suspend the rules for the same reason be brought up again [§ 26] at the same meeting, though it may be brought up again after the meeting is adjourned, even if the next meeting is held on the same day.* [In Congress, it cannot be brought up again the same day.] The assembly's rules can only be suspended for a specific purpose and require a two-thirds vote.

The Form of this motion is, to “suspend the rules which interfere with,” etc., specifying the object of the suspension.

The way to phrase this motion is to “suspend the rules that get in the way of,” etc., clearly stating the purpose of the suspension.

Subsidiary Motions.
[§§ 19-24; see § 7.]

19. To Lie on the Table. This motion takes precedence of all other Subsidiary Questions [§ 7], and yields to any Privileged [§ 9] or Incidental [§ 8] Question. It is not debatable, and cannot be amended or have any other subsidiary motion [§ 7] applied to it. It removes the subject from consideration till the assembly vote to take it from the table.

19. To Lie on the Table. This motion takes priority over all other Subsidiary Questions [§ 7] and is subordinate to any Privileged [§ 9] or Incidental [§ 8] Questions. It is not open to debate and cannot be amended or have any other subsidiary motion [§ 7] applied to it. It sets the topic aside until the group votes to take it off the table.

The Form of this motion is, “I move that the question lie on the table,” or, “that it be laid on the table,” or, “to lay the question on the table.” When it is desired to take the question up again, a motion is made, either “to take the question from the table,” or “to now consider such and such a question;” which motion is undebatable, and cannot have any subsidiary motion applied to it.

The way to phrase this motion is, “I move that we table the question,” or, “that it be set aside,” or, “to lay the question on the table.” When someone wants to bring the question back up, they can make a motion, either “to take the question off the table,” or “to now consider this particular question;” this motion cannot be debated and no additional motions can be applied to it.

The Object of this motion is to postpone the subject in such a way, that at any time it can be taken up, either at the same or some future meeting, which could not be accomplished by a motion to postpone, either definitely or indefinitely. It is also frequently used to suppress a question [§ 59], which it does, provided a majority vote can never be obtained to take it from the table during that session [§ 42].

The purpose of this motion is to delay the topic in such a way that it can be addressed later, either at the current meeting or at a future one, something that wouldn’t be possible with a standard motion to postpone, whether temporarily or indefinitely. It’s also commonly used to shut down a question [§ 59], which it achieves, as long as a majority vote can never be secured to bring it back up during that session [§ 42].

The Effect of this motion is in general to place on the table everything that adheres to the subject; so that if an amendment be ordered to lie on the table, the subject which it is proposed to amend, goes there with it. The following cases are exceptional: (a) An appeal [§ 14] being laid on the table, has the effect of sustaining, at least for the time, the decision of the Chair, and does not carry the original subject to the table. (b) So when a motion to reconsider [§ 27] a question is laid on the table, the original question is left where it was before the reconsideration was moved. (c) An amendment to the minutes being laid on the table does not carry the minutes with it.

The effect of this motion is generally to put on hold everything related to the subject; so if an amendment is ordered to be set aside, the subject it aims to amend goes with it. The following cases are exceptions: (a) When an appeal [§ 14] is set aside, it temporarily upholds the decision of the Chair and does not bring the original subject to the table. (b) Similarly, when a motion to reconsider [§ 27] a question is set aside, the original question stays in its place as it was before the reconsideration motion. (c) An amendment to the minutes being set aside does not carry the minutes with it.

Even after the ordering of the Previous Question up to the moment of taking the last vote under it, it is in order to lay upon the table the questions still before the assembly.

Even after the Previous Question is called right up until the last vote is taken on it, it's still acceptable to table the questions that are still before the assembly.

20. The Previous Question* [The Previous Question is a technical name for this motion, conveying a wrong impression of its import, as it has nothing to do with the subject previously under consideration. To demand the previous question is equivalent in effect to moving “That debate now cease, and the assembly immediately proceed to vote on the questions before it,” (the exceptions are stated above). The English Previous Question is an entirely different one from ours, and is used for a different purpose. In the English Parliament it is moved by the enemies of a measure, who then vote in the negative, and thus prevent for the day, the consideration of the main question, (which in this country could be accomplished by “objecting to the consideration of the question” [§ 15], if the objection were sustained). In our Congress, it is moved by the friends of a measure, who vote in the affirmative with a view to cutting off debate and immediately bringing the assembly to a vote on the questions before it. The rules in the two cases are as different as the objects of the motions. It requires only a majority vote for its adoption in the House of Representatives, and is not allowed in the United States Senate.] takes precedence of every debatable question [§ 35], and yields to Privileged [§ 9] and Incidental [§ 8] questions, and to the motion to Lie on the table [§ 19]. It is not debatable, and cannot be amended or have any other Subsidiary [§ 7] motion applied to it. It shall require a two-thirds vote for its adoption.

20. The Previous Question* [The Previous Question is a technical term for this motion, which can give a misleading impression of its significance since it’s unrelated to the topic being discussed. Requesting the previous question effectively means moving to “stop the debate now and let the assembly vote on the issues at hand,” (the exceptions are mentioned above). The English Previous Question is completely different from ours and serves a different purpose. In the English Parliament, it’s introduced by opponents of a measure, who then vote against it, thereby preventing further discussion of the main issue for that day, (which in this country could be done by “objecting to the consideration of the question” [§ 15], if the objection is upheld). In our Congress, it’s proposed by supporters of a measure, who vote in favor to end the debate quickly and bring the assembly to a vote on the current questions. The rules in both cases differ as much as their purposes. It requires only a majority vote for approval in the House of Representatives and is not permitted in the United States Senate.] takes priority over any debatable question [§ 35], and yields to Privileged [§ 9] and Incidental [§ 8] questions, as well as the motion to Lie on the table [§ 19]. It is not debatable, cannot be amended, and no other Subsidiary [§ 7] motion can be applied to it. It requires a two-thirds vote for adoption.

When a member calls for the previous question, and the call is seconded, the presiding officer must immediately put the question: “Shall the main question be now put?” If adopted, the member who introduced the pending measure still has the right to close the debate [§ 34]; after which the presiding officer, without allowing further discussion, shall put to vote the questions before the assembly, in their order of precedence, till the main question, with all its subsidiary and incidental questions, is disposed of (see the exceptions below). If it fails, the discussion continues as if this motion had not been made.

When a member calls for the previous question and someone seconds it, the presiding officer must immediately ask, “Should we vote on the main question now?” If it's approved, the member who brought up the pending measure still has the right to wrap up the debate [§ 34]. After that, the presiding officer will put the questions before the assembly to a vote in their order of importance until the main question and all related questions are resolved (see the exceptions below). If it doesn’t pass, the discussion continues as if this motion hadn’t been made.

The previous question can be moved on a pending amendment, and if adopted, debate is closed on the amendment only. After the amendment is voted on, the main question is again open to debate and amendments. [In this case the form of the question would be similar to this : “Shall the amendment be now put to the question?”]

The previous question can be moved on a pending amendment, and if adopted, debate is closed on the amendment only. After the amendment is voted on, the main question is open for debate and further amendments again. [In this case, the question would be phrased like this: “Should the amendment now be put to a vote?”]

The Object of this motion is to bring the assembly to a vote on the question before it without further debate. In ordinary assemblies it is rarely expedient to deprive a large minority of the right of debate, and yet two-thirds of the members should have the right to close the debate when they think it best.

The purpose of this motion is to move the assembly to a vote on the issue at hand without any more discussion. In typical assemblies, it’s usually not a good idea to take away the right to debate from a significant minority, but two-thirds of the members should be able to end the debate when they believe it’s appropriate.

It applies to questions of privilege [§ 12] as well as any other debatable questions. It is allowable for a member to submit a resolution and at the same time move the previous question thereon.

It applies to matters of privilege [§ 12] as well as any other controversial issues. A member is allowed to submit a resolution and simultaneously move to close the debate on it.

To illustrate the Effect of this motion, suppose it is adopted when we have before the assembly, (a) the main question; (b) an amendment; (c) a motion to commit; (d) a motion to amend the last motion by giving the committee instructions. The previous question being carried, the presiding officer would immediately put the question on the last motion (d); then on the motion to commit, (c); and if this is adopted, of course the subject is referred to the committee and disposed of for the present; but if it fails, the amendment (b) is put, and finally the main question.

To show how this motion works, let's say it's accepted when we have the following in front of the assembly: (a) the main question; (b) an amendment; (c) a motion to commit; (d) a motion to change the last motion by giving the committee specific instructions. Once the previous question is approved, the presiding officer would immediately ask about the last motion (d); then about the motion to commit (c); and if that passes, the subject will indeed be sent to the committee and put aside for now; but if it doesn’t pass, the amendment (b) will be addressed, followed by the main question.

Exceptions: If the Previous Question is carried while a motion to Postpone is pending, its effect is only to bring the assembly to a vote on that motion; if it is voted not to postpone, the subject is again open for debate. So if an Appeal [§ 14] or a motion to Reconsider [§ 27] is pending when the Previous Question is ordered, it applies only to them and is exhausted by the vote on them.

Exceptions: If the Previous Question is approved while a motion to Postpone is still active, it only means that the assembly will vote on that motion; if the vote is against postponing, the topic is back up for discussion. So if an Appeal [§ 14] or a motion to Reconsider [§ 27] is active when the Previous Question is called, it only applies to those and is resolved by the vote on them.

An affirmative vote on the motion to Commit [§ 22] exhausts the Previous Question, and if the vote is reconsidered, it is divested of the Previous Question.

An affirmative vote on the motion to Commit [§ 22] ends the Previous Question, and if the vote is reconsidered, it loses the Previous Question.

[For other methods of closing debate see § 37 and § 58].

[For other methods of closing debate see § 37 and § 58].

21. To Postpone to a Certain Day. This motion takes precedence of a motion to Commit, or Amend, or Indefinitely Postpone, and yields to any Privileged [§ 9] or Incidental [§ 8] question, and to the motion to Lie on the Table, or for the Previous Question. It can be amended by altering the time, and the Previous Question can be applied to it without affecting any other motions pending. It allows of very limited debate [§ 35], and that must not go into the merits of the subject matter any further than is necessary to enable the assembly to judge the propriety of the postponement.

21. To Postpone to a Certain Day. This motion takes priority over a motion to Commit, Amend, or Indefinitely Postpone, and it is subordinate to any Privileged [§ 9] or Incidental [§ 8] question, as well as the motion to Lie on the Table or for the Previous Question. It can be modified by changing the date, and the Previous Question can be applied to it without impacting any other motions that are pending. This motion allows for very limited debate [§ 35], and that discussion must not delve into the specifics of the topic beyond what is necessary for the assembly to decide on the appropriateness of the postponement.

The Effect of this motion is to postpone the entire subject to the time specified, until which time it cannot be taken up except by a two-thirds vote [§ 13]. When that time arrives it is entitled to be taken up in preference to every thing except Privileged questions. Where several questions are postponed to different times and are not reached then, they shall be considered in the order of the times to which they were postponed. It is not in order to postpone to a time beyond that session [§ 42] of the assembly, except* [In Congress a motion cannot be postponed to the next session, but it is customary in ordinary societies.] to the day of the next session when it comes up with the unfinished business, and consequently takes precedence of new business [§ 44]. If it is desired to hold an adjourned meeting to consider a special subject, the time to which the assembly shall adjourn [§ 10] should be first fixed before making the motion to postpone the subject to that day.

The effect of this motion is to delay the entire topic until the specified time, during which it can't be taken up unless a two-thirds vote is obtained [§ 13]. When that time comes, it has priority over everything except Privileged questions. If multiple questions are postponed to different times and aren't addressed then, they will be considered in the order of their postponed times. It's not allowed to postpone to a time beyond that session [§ 42] of the assembly, except* [In Congress, a motion cannot be postponed to the next session, but it's common practice in regular societies.] to the day of the next session when it is reviewed along with unfinished business, and therefore takes precedence over new business [§ 44]. If there's a need to hold an adjourned meeting to discuss a particular subject, the time for the assembly to adjourn [§ 10] should be established first before making the motion to postpone the subject to that day.

22. To Commit [or Recommit as it is called when the subject has been previously committed]. This motion takes precedence of the motions to Amend or Indefinitely Postpone, and yields to any Privileged [§ 9] or Incidental [§ 8] Question, and also to the motion to Lie on the Table, or for the Previous Question, or to Postpone to a certain day. It can be amended by altering the committee, or giving it instructions. It is debatable, and opens to debate [§ 35] the merits of the question it is proposed to commit.

22. To Commit [or Recommit as it’s called when the subject has been previously committed]. This motion takes priority over the motions to Amend or Indefinitely Postpone, and it yields to any Privileged [§ 9] or Incidental [§ 8] Question, as well as to the motion to Lie on the Table, or for the Previous Question, or to Postpone to a specific day. It can be changed by altering the committee or giving it instructions. It is open for debate and allows for discussion [§ 35] about the merits of the question it is proposed to commit.

The Form of this motion is “to refer the subject to a committee.” When different committees are proposed they should he voted in the following order: (1) Committee the whole [§ 32], (2) a standing committee, and (3) a special (or select) committee. The number of a committee is usually decided without the formality of a motion, as in filling blanks [§ 25]: the Chairman asks “of how many shall the committee consist?” and a question is then put upon each number suggested, beginning with the largest. The number and kind of the committee need not be decided till after it has been voted to refer the subject to a committee. If the committee is a select one, and the motion does not include the method of appointing it, and there is no standing rule on the subject, the Chairman inquires how the committee shall be appointed, and this is usually decided informally. Sometimes the Chair “appoints,” in which case he names the members of the committee and no vote is taken upon them; or the committee is “nominated” either by the Chair or members of the assembly (no member nominating more than one except by general consent), and then they are all voted upon together, except where more nominations are made than the number of the committee, when they shall be voted upon singly.

The format of this motion is “to refer the topic to a committee.” When different committees are suggested, they should be voted on in the following order: (1) Committee of the Whole [§ 32], (2) a standing committee, and (3) a special (or select) committee. The number of a committee is usually decided without a formal motion, like filling in blanks [§ 25]: the Chair asks, “How many should be on the committee?” and then puts the question on each suggested number, starting with the largest. The number and type of committee don’t need to be decided until after it’s voted to refer the topic to a committee. If the committee is a select one and the motion doesn’t specify how to appoint it, and there’s no standing rule on the matter, the Chair asks how the committee will be appointed, and this is typically decided informally. Sometimes the Chair “appoints” members, naming them without a vote; or the committee is “nominated” by either the Chair or assembly members (with no member nominating more than one unless everyone agrees), and then they are all voted on together, unless there are more nominations than committee slots, in which case they are voted on individually.

Where a committee is one for action (a committee of arrangements for holding a public meeting, for example), it should generally be small, and no one placed upon it who is not favorable to the proposed action; and if any such should be appointed he should ask to be excused. But when the committee is for deliberation or investigation, it is of the utmost importance that all parties be represented on it, so that in committee the fullest discussion may take place, and thus diminish the chances of unpleasant debates in the assembly.

Where a committee is meant for taking action (like a committee organizing a public meeting), it should usually be small, and no one should be included who is opposed to the proposed action; if someone is appointed against their will, they should ask to be excused. However, when the committee is for discussion or investigation, it's crucial that all parties are represented, so that there can be thorough discussions within the committee, which helps reduce the likelihood of uncomfortable debates in the assembly.

In ordinary assemblies, by judicious appointment of committees, debates upon delicate and troublesome questions can be mostly confined to the committees, which will contain the representative members of all parties. [See Reports of Committees, § 29.]

In regular meetings, by carefully choosing committees, discussions on sensitive and challenging issues can mostly be limited to those committees, which will include members from all groups. [See Reports of Committees, § 29.]

23. To Amend. This motion takes precedence of nothing but the question which it proposed to amend, and yields to any Privileged [§ 9], Incidental [§ 8] or Subsidiary [§ 7] Question, except to Indefinitely Postpone. It can be amended itself, but this “amendment of an amendment” cannot be amended. An Amendment may be inconsistent with one already adopted, or may directly conflict with the spirit of the original motion, but it must have a direct bearing upon the subject of that motion. To illustrate: a motion for a vote of thanks could be amended by substituting for “thanks” the word “censure;” or one condemning certain customs could be amended by adding other customs.

23. To Amend. This motion has priority only over the question it aims to change and is subordinate to any Privileged [§ 9], Incidental [§ 8], or Subsidiary [§ 7] Question, except for Indefinitely Postpone. It can be amended, but this "amendment of an amendment" cannot be further amended. An Amendment may not align with one that has already been adopted or might directly contradict the intent of the original motion, but it must be relevant to the topic at hand. For example: a motion for a vote of thanks could be amended by replacing "thanks" with "censure," or a motion condemning specific customs could be amended by including additional customs.

An Amendment may be in any of the following forms: (a) to “add or insert” certain words or paragraphs; (b) to “strike out” certain words or paragraphs, the question, however, being stated by the Chair thus: “Shall these words (or paragraphs) stand as a part of the resolution?” and if this is adopted (that is, the motion to “strike out,” fails) it does not preclude either amendment or a motion to “strike out and insert;” (c) “to strike certain words and insert others,” which motion is indivisible, and if lost does not preclude another motion to strike out the same words and insert different ones; (d) to “substitute” another motion on the same subject for the one pending; (e) to “divide the question” into two or more questions, as the mover specifies, so as to get a separate vote on any particular point or points [see § 4].

An amendment can take one of the following forms: (a) to “add or insert” certain words or paragraphs; (b) to “strike out” certain words or paragraphs, with the question being posed by the Chair as: “Should these words (or paragraphs) remain part of the resolution?” If this is adopted (meaning the motion to “strike out” does not pass), it doesn't prevent either an amendment or a motion to “strike out and insert;” (c) to “strike certain words and insert others,” which motion is indivisible, and if it fails, it doesn't stop another motion to strike the same words and insert different ones; (d) to “substitute” another motion on the same topic for the one currently being discussed; (e) to “divide the question” into two or more questions, as the mover specifies, to allow for a separate vote on any specific point or points [see § 4].

If a paragraph is inserted it should be perfected by its friends previous to voting on it, as when once inserted it cannot be struck out or amended except by adding to it. The same is true in regard to words to be inserted in a resolution, as when once inserted they cannot be struck out, except by a motion to strike out the paragraph, or such a portion of it as shall make the question an entirely different one from that of inserting the particular words. The principle involved is that when the assembly has voted that certain words shall form a part of a resolution, it is not in order to make another motion which involves exactly the same question as the one they have decided. The only way to bring it up again is to move a Reconsideration [§ 27] of the vote by which the words were inserted.

If a paragraph is added, it should be finalized by its supporters before voting on it, because once it’s added, it can’t be removed or changed unless you attach something to it. The same applies to words being added to a resolution; once they’re added, they can’t be removed except through a motion to take out the entire paragraph or part of it that changes the question significantly from adding those specific words. The idea here is that when the assembly has agreed that certain words will be part of a resolution, it’s not appropriate to make another motion that raises the exact same issue they’ve already decided. The only way to bring it up again is to move for a Reconsideration [§ 27] of the vote that included the words.

In stating the question on an Amendment the Chairman should read (1) the passage to be amended; (2) the words to be struck out, if any; (3) the words to be inserted, if any; and (4) the whole passage as it will stand if the amendment is adopted. [For amending reports of committees, and propositions containing several paragraphs, see § 44.]

In presenting the question on an Amendment, the Chairman should read (1) the section to be amended; (2) the words to be removed, if any; (3) the words to be added, if any; and (4) the entire section as it will read if the amendment is approved. [For amending committee reports and proposals with multiple paragraphs, see § 44.]

The numbers prefixed to paragraphs are only marginal indications, and should be corrected, if necessary, by the clerk, without any motion to amend.

The numbers at the beginning of paragraphs are just rough guides and should be adjusted, if needed, by the clerk, without any formal request for changes.

The following motions cannot be amended:

The following motions can't be changed:

  To Adjourn (when unqualified) ………………………. See § 11.
  For the Orders of the Day ………………………….. ” § 12.
  All Incidental Questions …………………………… ” § 8.
  To Lie on the Table ……………………………….. ” § 19.
  For the Previous Question ………………………….. ” § 20.
  An Amendment of an Amendment ……………………….. ” § 23.
  To Postpone Indefinitely …………………………… ” § 24.
  Reconsider ……………………………………….. ” § 27.

To Adjourn (when unqualified) ………………………. See § 11.
  For the Orders of the Day ………………………….. ” § 12.
  All Incidental Questions …………………………… ” § 8.
  To Lie on the Table ……………………………….. ” § 19.
  For the Previous Question ………………………….. ” § 20.
  An Amendment of an Amendment ……………………….. ” § 23.
  To Postpone Indefinitely …………………………… ” § 24.
  Reconsider ……………………………………….. ” § 27.

An Amendment to Rules of Order, By-Laws or a Constitution shall require previous notice and a two-thirds vote for its adoption [see § 45].

An amendment to the rules of order, by-laws, or a constitution requires prior notice and a two-thirds vote for approval [see § 45].

24. To Postpone Indefinitely. This motion takes precedence of nothing except the Principal Question [§ 6], and yields to any Privileged [§ 9], Incidental [§ 8] or Subsidiary [§ 7] Motion, except to Amend. It cannot be amended; it opens to debate the entire question which it is proposed to postpone. Its effect is to entirely remove the question from before the assembly for that session [§ 42].

24. To Postpone Indefinitely. This motion is only overshadowed by the Principal Question [§ 6] and gives way to any Privileged [§ 9], Incidental [§ 8], or Subsidiary [§ 7] Motion, except to Amend. It cannot be changed; it allows for discussion on the entire question being proposed for postponement. Its effect is to completely take the question off the table for that session [§ 42].

The Previous Question [§ 20], if ordered when this motion is pending, applies only to it without affecting the main question.

The Previous Question [§ 20], if requested while this motion is active, only pertains to it and does not influence the main question.

Miscellaneous Motions.
[§§ 25-27.]

25. Filling Blanks. In filling blanks the largest sum and the longest time proposed shall be first put to the question. Sometimes the most convenient way of amending a resolution is to create a blank by moving to strike out a certain number or time. It is customary for any number of members to propose numbers to fill a blank without the formality of a motion, these different propositions not being regarded in the light of amendments.

25. Filling Blanks. When filling in blanks, the highest amount and the longest duration suggested should be considered first. Sometimes, the easiest way to change a resolution is to create a blank by proposing to remove a specific number or time. It's common for any number of members to suggest values to fill a blank without needing to make a formal motion, and these various suggestions are not viewed as amendments.

Nominations are treated in a similar manner, so that the second nomination, instead of being an amendment to the first, is an independent motion, which, if the first fails, is to be immediately voted upon. Any number of nominations can be made, the Chairman announcing each name as he hears it, and they should be voted upon in the order announced, until one receives a vote sufficient for an election.

Nominations are handled in a similar way, so the second nomination, instead of being a change to the first, is its own motion, which, if the first one doesn't pass, will be voted on right away. There can be any number of nominations made, and the Chairman will announce each name as it comes up, and they should be voted on in the order they were announced, until one gets enough votes to be elected.

26. Renewal of a Motion. When any Principal Question [§ 6] or Amendment has been once acted upon by the assembly, it cannot be taken up again at the same session [§ 42] except by a motion to Reconsider [§ 27]. The motion to Adjourn can be renewed if there has been progress in debate, or any business transacted. As a general rule the introduction of any motion that alters the state of affairs makes it admissible to renew any Privileged or Incidental motion (excepting Suspension of the Rules as provided in § 18), or Subsidiary motion (excepting an amendment), as in such a case the real question before the assembly is a different one.

26. Renewal of a Motion. Once any Main Question [§ 6] or Amendment has been acted upon by the assembly, it can't be revisited in the same session [§ 42] unless there’s a motion to Reconsider [§ 27]. The motion to Adjourn can be renewed if there’s been progress in debate or any business has been conducted. Generally, introducing any motion that changes the situation allows for the renewal of any Privileged or Incidental motion (excluding Suspension of the Rules as outlined in § 18) or Subsidiary motion (except for an amendment), as in that case, the key question before the assembly is different.

To illustrate: a motion that a question lie on the table having failed, suppose afterwards it be moved to refer the matter to a committee, it is now in order to move again that the subject lie on the table; but such a motion would not be in order, if it were not made till after the failure of the motion to commit, as the question then resumes its previous condition.

To illustrate: if a motion to table a question has failed, and then someone moves to refer the matter to a committee, it’s now acceptable to propose again that the subject be tabled. However, that motion wouldn't be acceptable if it were made until after the motion to commit has failed, as the question then goes back to its previous state.

When a subject has been referred to a committee which reports at the same meeting, the matter stands before the assembly as if it had been introduced for the first time. A motion which has been withdrawn has not been acted upon, and therefore can be renewed.

When a topic has been sent to a committee that reports at the same meeting, the issue is presented to the assembly as if it has been introduced for the first time. A motion that has been withdrawn hasn't been addressed, so it can be brought up again.

27. Reconsider. It is in order at any time, even when another member has the floor, or while the assembly is voting on the motion to Adjourn, during the day* [In Congress any one can move a reconsideration, excepting where the vote is taken by yeas and nays [§ 38], when the rule above applies. The motion can be made on the same or succeeding day.] on which a motion has been acted upon, to move to “Reconsider the vote” and have such motion “entered on the record,” but it cannot be considered while another question is before the assembly. It must be made, excepting when the vote is by ballot, by a member who voted with the prevailing side; for instance, in case a motion fails to pass for lack of a two-thirds vote, a reconsideration must be moved by one who voted against the motion.

27. Reconsider. This can be done at any time, even when another member is speaking, or while the assembly is voting on the motion to adjourn, during the day* [In Congress, anyone can propose a reconsideration, except when the vote is conducted by yeas and nays [§ 38], in which case the above rule applies. The motion can be made on the same day or the following day.] after a motion has been decided, to propose to “Reconsider the vote” and have that motion “entered on the record,” but it cannot be considered while another issue is currently before the assembly. It must be raised, unless the vote was by ballot, by a member who supported the winning side; for example, if a motion fails to pass due to not receiving a two-thirds majority, the reconsideration must be proposed by someone who opposed the motion.

A motion to reconsider the vote on a Subsidiary [§ 7] motion takes precedence of the main question. It yields to Privileged [§ 9] questions (except for the Orders of the Day), and Incidental [§ 8] questions.

A motion to rethink the vote on a Subsidiary [§ 7] motion takes priority over the main question. It yields to Privileged [§ 9] questions (except for the Orders of the Day) and Incidental [§ 8] questions.

This motion can be applied* [It is not the practice to reconsider an affirmative vote on the motion to lie on the table, as the same result can be more easily reached by the motion to take from the table. For a similar reason, an affirmative vote on the motion to take from the table cannot be reconsidered.] to every question, except to Adjourn and to Suspend the Rules. It is debatable or not, just as the question to be reconsidered is debatable or undebatable [§ 35]; when debatable, it opens up for discussion the entire subject to be reconsidered, and can have the Previous question [§ 20] applied to it without affecting any thing but the motion to reconsider. It can be laid on the table [§ 19], and in such cases the last motion cannot be reconsidered; it is quite common and allowable to combine these two motions (though they must be voted on separately); in this case, the reconsideration like any other question, can be taken from the table, but possesses no privilege.** [In Congress this is a common method used by the friends of a measure to prevent its reconsideration.] The motion to reconsider being laid on the table does not carry with it the pending measure. If an amendment to a motion has been either adopted or rejected, and then a vote taken on the motion as amended, it is not in order to reconsider the vote on the amendment until after the vote on the original motion has been reconsidered. If anything which the assembly cannot reverse, has been done as the result a vote, then that vote cannot be reconsidered.

This motion can be applied* [It's not common practice to revisit an affirmative vote on the motion to lie on the table, since the same outcome can be more easily achieved through the motion to take from the table. For a similar reason, an affirmative vote on the motion to take from the table cannot be reconsidered.] to every question, except to Adjourn and to Suspend the Rules. It may be debatable or not, depending on whether the question being reconsidered is debatable or not [§ 35]; when it is debatable, it opens up the entire subject for discussion and can have the Previous question [§ 20] applied to it without affecting anything other than the motion to reconsider. It can be laid on the table [§ 19], and in such cases, the last motion cannot be reconsidered; it's quite common and permissible to combine these two motions (though they must be voted on separately); in this situation, the reconsideration, like any other question, can be taken from the table but has no special privilege.** [In Congress, this is a common tactic used by supporters of a measure to prevent its reconsideration.] The motion to reconsider being laid on the table does not include the pending measure. If an amendment to a motion has been either accepted or rejected, and then a vote has taken place on the amended motion, it's not appropriate to reconsider the vote on the amendment until after the vote on the original motion has been reconsidered. If anything that the assembly cannot reverse has been decided as a result of a vote, then that vote cannot be reconsidered.

The Effect of making this motion is to suspend all action that the original motion would have required until the reconsideration is acted upon; but if it is not called up, its effect terminates with the session [§ 42], provided,* [In Congress the effect always terminates with the session, and it cannot be called up by any one but the mover, until the expiration of the time during which it is in order to move a reconsideration.] that in an assembly having regular meetings as often as monthly, if no adjourned meeting upon another day is held of the one at which the reconsideration was moved, its effect shall not terminate till the close of the next succeeding session. [See note at end of this section.] While this motion is so highly privileged as far as relates to having it entered on the minutes, yet the reconsideration of another question cannot be made to interfere with the discussion of a question before the assembly, but as soon as that subject is disposed of, the reconsideration, if called up, takes precedence of every thing except the motions to adjourn, and to fix the time to which to adjourn. As long as its effect lasts (as shown above), any one can call up the motion to reconsider and have it acted upon—excepting that when its effect extends beyond the meeting at which the motion was made, no one but the mover can call it up at that meeting. But the reconsideration of an Incidental [§ 8] or Subsidiary [§ 7] motion shall be immediately acted upon, as otherwise it would prevent action on the main question.

The effect of making this motion is to pause all actions that the original motion would have triggered until the reconsideration is addressed; however, if it isn’t brought up, its effect ends with the session [§ 42], provided,* [In Congress, the effect always ends with the session, and it can only be brought up by the mover until the time for moving a reconsideration expires.] that in an assembly meeting regularly at least once a month, if no adjourned meeting is held on another day after the one where the reconsideration was proposed, its effect will not end until the close of the next session. [See note at the end of this section.] While this motion is very privileged in terms of being recorded in the minutes, the reconsideration of another question cannot interrupt the discussion of a question currently before the assembly. However, once that subject is resolved, the reconsideration, if brought up, takes priority over everything except motions to adjourn and to set a time for adjournment. As long as its effect lasts (as mentioned above), anyone can bring up the motion to reconsider and have it addressed—except that when its effect goes beyond the meeting where the motion was made, only the mover can bring it up at that meeting. But the reconsideration of an Incidental [§ 8] or Subsidiary [§ 7] motion must be acted upon immediately, as otherwise it would impede action on the main question.

The Effect of the adoption of this motion is to place before the assembly the original question in the exact position it occupied before it was voted upon; consequently no one can debate the question reconsidered who had previously exhausted his right of debate [§ 34] on that question; his only resource is to discuss the question while the motion to reconsider is before the assembly.

The effect of adopting this motion is to bring the original question back to the assembly exactly as it was before the vote; therefore, no one can debate the question being reconsidered if they have already used their right to debate [§ 34] on that question; their only option is to discuss the question while the motion to reconsider is being considered by the assembly.

When a vote taken under the operation of the previous question [§ 20] is reconsidered, the question is then divested of the previous question, and is open to debate and amendment, provided the previous question had been exhausted [see latter part of § 20] by votes taken on all the questions covered by it, before the motion to reconsider was made.

When a vote that was taken under the previous question [§ 20] is reconsidered, that vote is no longer subject to the previous question and is available for debate and changes, as long as the previous question has been fully dealt with [see latter part of § 20] through votes on all the questions it included, before the motion to reconsider was proposed.

A reconsideration requires only a majority vote, regardless of the vote necessary to adopt the motion reconsidered. [For reconsidering in committee see § 28].

A reconsideration needs just a majority vote, no matter what vote is required to adopt the motion being reconsidered. [For reconsidering in committee see § 28].

Note On Reconsider.—In the English Parliament a vote once taken cannot be reconsidered, but in our Congress it is allowed to move a reconsideration of the vote on the same or succeeding day, and after the close of the last day for making the motion, any one can call up the motion to reconsider, so that this motion cannot delay action more than two days, and the effect of the motion, if not acted upon, terminates with the session. There seems to be no reason or good precedent for permitting merely two persons, by moving a reconsideration, to suspend for any length of time all action under resolutions adopted by the assembly, and yet where the delay is very short the advantages of reconsideration overbalance the evils.

Note On Reconsider.—In the English Parliament, a vote taken cannot be revisited, but in our Congress, it's possible to request a reconsideration of the vote on the same day or the next. After the last day to make this motion, anyone can bring up the motion to reconsider, ensuring that it can't hold up action for more than two days, and if not acted upon, the motion expires with the session. There doesn't seem to be any solid reason or good precedent for allowing just two individuals to move for a reconsideration and thereby pause all action on resolutions adopted by the assembly for any amount of time. However, when the delay is brief, the benefits of reconsideration outweigh the drawbacks.

Where a permanent society has meetings weekly or monthly, and usually only a small proportion of the society is present, it seems best to allow a reconsideration to hold over to another meeting, so that the society may have notice of what action is about to be taken. To prevent the motion being used to defeat a measure that cannot be deferred till the next regular meeting, it is provided that in case the society adjourn, to meet the next day for instance, then the reconsideration will not hold over beyond that session; this allows sufficient delay to notify the society, while, if the question is one requiring immediate action, the delay cannot extend beyond the day to which they adjourn. Where the meetings are only quarterly or annual, the society should be properly represented at each meeting, and their best interests are subserved by following the practice of Congress, and letting the effect of the reconsideration terminate with the session.

When a permanent society holds meetings weekly or monthly, and usually only a small number of members are present, it’s better to allow a reconsideration to be postponed until the next meeting, so the society can be informed about the action being considered. To prevent the motion from being used to block a decision that can’t wait until the next regular meeting, it’s established that if the society adjourns to meet the following day, the reconsideration will not carry over beyond that session; this provides enough time to notify the society while ensuring that if immediate action is needed, the delay will not extend beyond the next day’s meeting. In cases where meetings are only held quarterly or annually, the society should be well represented at each meeting, and their interests are best served by following the practice of Congress, allowing the effects of the reconsideration to end with that session.

Art. IV. Committees and Informal Action.
[§§ 28-33.]

28. Committees. It is usual in deliberative assemblies, to have all preliminary work in the preparation of matter for their action, done by means of committees. These may be either “standing committees” (which are appointed for the session [§ 42], or for some definite time, as one year); or “select committees,” appointed for a special purpose; or a “committee of the whole” [§ 32], consisting of the entire assembly. [For method of appointing committees of the whole, see § 32; other committees, see commit, § 22.] The first person named on a committee is chairman, and should act as such, without the committee should see fit to elect another chairman, which they are competent to do. The clerk should furnish him, or some other member of the committee, with notice of the appointment of the committee, giving the names of the members, the matter referred to them, and such instructions as the assembly have decided upon. The chairman shall call the committee together, and if there is a quorum (a majority of the committee, see § 43,) he should read or have read, the entire resolutions referred to them; he should then read each paragraph, and pause for amendments to be offered; when the amendments to that paragraph are voted on he proceeds to the next, only taking votes on amendments, as the committee cannot vote on the adoption of matter referred to them by the assembly.

28. Committees. In deliberative assemblies, it’s common to have all preliminary work for their actions handled by committees. These can be either “standing committees” (which are appointed for the session [§ 42] or for a specific time, like a year); or “select committees,” created for a specific purpose; or a “committee of the whole” [§ 32], which includes the entire assembly. [For how to appoint committees of the whole, see § 32; for other committees, see commit, § 22.] The first person listed on a committee is the chairman and should act as such unless the committee decides to elect another chairman, which they are allowed to do. The clerk should provide him or another committee member with notice of the committee's appointment, containing the names of the members, the matter assigned to them, and any instructions the assembly has decided on. The chairman will call the committee together, and if there’s a quorum (a majority of the committee, see § 43), he should read or have read all the resolutions referred to them; then he should read each paragraph and pause for any amendments to be offered. When the amendments to that paragraph are voted on, he moves to the next, only taking votes on amendments, as the committee cannot vote on the adoption of matters referred to them by the assembly.

If the committee originate the resolutions, they vote, in the same way, on amendments to each paragraph of the draft of the resolutions, (which draft has been previously prepared by one of their members or a sub-committee); they do not vote on the separate paragraphs, but having completed the amendments, they vote on the adoption of the entire report. When there is a preamble, it is considered last. If the report originates with the committee, all amendments are to be incorporated in the report; but, if the resolutions were referred, the committee cannot alter the text, but must submit the original paper intact, with their amendments (which may be in the form of a substitute, § 23) written on a separate sheet.

If the committee comes up with the resolutions, they vote on amendments to each paragraph of the draft resolutions, which was prepared earlier by one of their members or a sub-committee. They don't vote on each paragraph separately; instead, after finishing the amendments, they vote on the adoption of the entire report. If there’s a preamble, it is considered last. If the report originates from the committee, all amendments must be included in the report. However, if the resolutions were referred, the committee can't change the text but must submit the original document as is, along with their amendments (which can be a substitute, § 23) written on a separate sheet.

A committee is a miniature assembly that must meet together in order to transact business, and usually one of its members should be appointed its clerk. Whatever is not agreed to by the majority of the members present at a meeting (at which a quorum, consisting of a majority of the members of the committee, shall be present) cannot form a part of its report. The minority may be permitted to submit their views in writing also, either together, or each member separately, but their reports can only be acted upon, by voting to substitute one of them for the report of the committee. The rules of the assembly, as far as possible, shall apply in committee; but a reconsideration [§ 27] of a vote shall be allowed, regardless of the time elapsed, only when every member who voted with the majority is present when the reconsideration is moved.* [Both the English common parliamentary law and the rules of Congress prohibit the reconsideration of a vote by a committee; but the strict enforcement of this rule in ordinary committees, would interfere with rather than assist the transaction of business. The rule given above seems more just, and more in accordance with the practice of ordinary committees, who usually reconsider at pleasure. No improper advantage can be taken of the privilege, as long as every member who voted with the majority must be present when the reconsideration is moved.] A committee (except a committee of the whole, § 32] may appoint a sub-committee. When through with the business assigned them, a motion is made for the committee to “rise” (which is equivalent to the motion to adjourn), and that the chairman (or some member who is more familiar with the subject) make its report to the assembly. The committee ceases to exist as soon as the assembly receives the report [§ 30].

A committee is a small group that needs to meet together to conduct business, and typically one of its members should be chosen as the clerk. Anything that isn’t agreed upon by the majority of the members present at a meeting (where a quorum, made up of a majority of the committee members, is present) cannot be included in its report. The minority may also be allowed to submit their opinions in writing, either all together or each member separately, but their reports can only be considered by voting to replace one of them with the committee's report. The assembly rules will apply to the committee as much as possible; however, a reconsideration [§ 27] of a vote will only be allowed, regardless of the time that has passed, if every member who voted with the majority is present when the reconsideration is proposed.* [Both the English common parliamentary law and the rules of Congress forbid the reconsideration of a vote by a committee; but strictly enforcing this rule in regular committees would hinder rather than help business transactions. The rule mentioned above seems fairer and aligns more with the typical practices of regular committees, which usually reconsider decisions at their discretion. No improper advantage can be taken of this privilege, as long as every member who voted with the majority must be present when the reconsideration is proposed.] A committee (except a committee of the whole, § 32) can appoint a sub-committee. Once they’ve completed the assigned business, a motion is made for the committee to “rise” (which is the same as a motion to adjourn), and for the chairman (or another member who is more knowledgeable about the topic) to report back to the assembly. The committee no longer exists as soon as the assembly receives the report [§ 30].

The committee has no power to punish its members for disorderly conduct, its resource being to report the facts to the assembly. No allusion can be made in the assembly to what has occurred in committee, except it be by a report of the committee, or by general consent. It is the duty of a committee to meet on the call of any two its of members, if the chairman be absent or decline to appoint such meeting. When a committee adjourns without appointing a time for the next meeting, it is called together in the same way as at its first meeting. When a committee adjourns to meet at another time, it is not necessary (though usually advisable) that absent members should be notified of the adjourned meeting.

The committee doesn't have the authority to discipline its members for disruptive behavior; its only option is to report the facts to the assembly. No mention can be made in the assembly about what happened in the committee, unless it’s through a committee report or with general agreement. It's the responsibility of a committee to meet whenever any two of its members request it, especially if the chairman is absent or refuses to call such a meeting. If a committee adjourns without scheduling the next meeting, it reconvenes in the same way as it did for its first meeting. When a committee adjourns to meet at a different time, it’s not required (though it’s usually a good idea) to inform absent members about the adjourned meeting.

29. Forms of Reports of Committees. The form of a report is usually similar to the following:

29. Types of Committee Reports. The format of a report typically resembles the following:

A standing committee reports thus: “The committee on [insert name of committee] respectfully report,” [or “beg leave to report,” or “beg leave to submit the following report,”] etc., letting the report follow.

A standing committee reports as follows: “The committee on [insert name of committee] respectfully submits this report,” [or “requests permission to report,” or “requests permission to present the following report,”] etc., followed by the report.

A select or special committee reports as follows: “The committee to which was referred [state the matter referred] having considered the same respectfully report,” etc. Or for “The committee” is sometimes written “Your committee,” or “The undersigned, a committee.”

A select or special committee reports as follows: “The committee assigned to [state the matter referred] has considered it and respectfully reports,” etc. Alternatively, “The committee” may also be referred to as “Your committee,” or “The undersigned, a committee.”

When a minority report is submitted, it should be in this form (the majority reporting as above): “The undersigned, a minority of a committee to which was referred,” etc. The majority report is the report of the committee, and should never be made out as the report of the majority.

When a minority report is submitted, it should be in this format (with the majority report as described above): “The undersigned, a minority of a committee to which was referred,” etc. The majority report is the committee's report and should never be presented as just the report of the majority.

All reports conclude with, “All of which is respectfully submitted.” They are sometimes signed only by the chairman of the committee, but if the matter is of much importance, it is better that the report be signed by every member who concurs. The report is not usually dated, or addressed, but can he headed, as for example, “Report of the Finance Committee of the Y. P. A., on Renting a Hall.”

All reports end with, “All of which is respectfully submitted.” They are sometimes signed only by the committee chairman, but if the issue is significant, it’s better for every member who agrees to sign the report. The report typically isn’t dated or addressed, but it can have a heading, such as “Report of the Finance Committee of the Y. P. A., on Renting a Hall.”

30. Reception of Reports. When the report of a committee is to be made, the chairman (or member appointed to make the report) informs the assembly that the committee to whom was referred such a subject or paper, has directed him to make a report thereon, or report it with or without amendment, as the case may be; either he or any other member may move that it be “received”* [A very common error is, after a report has been read, to move that it be received; whereas, the fact that it has been read, shows that it has been already received by the assembly. Another mistake, less common, but dangerous, is to vote that the report be accepted (which is equivalent to adopting it, see § 31), when the intention is only to have the report up for consideration and afterwards move its adoption. Still a third error is to move that “the report be adopted and the committee discharged,” when the committee have reported in full and their report been received, so that the committee has already ceased to exist. If the committee however have made but a partial report, or report progress, then it is in order to move that the committee be discharged from the further consideration of the subject.] now or at some other specified time.

30. Reception of Reports. When a committee's report is ready, the chairman (or the member assigned to present it) notifies the assembly that the committee responsible for a specific topic or document has instructed him to present a report on it, or to submit it with or without changes, as appropriate; either he or another member can propose that it be “received”* [A common mistake after a report has been presented is to suggest that it be received; since it has already been read, it has essentially been received by the assembly. Another less common but risky mistake is to vote to accept the report (which means it’s adopted, see § 31), when the actual intention is just to open the report for discussion before moving to adopt it. A third mistake is to propose that “the report be adopted and the committee discharged,” when the committee has fully reported and their report has been received, meaning the committee has already dissolved. However, if the committee has made only a partial report or an update, then it’s appropriate to propose that the committee be discharged from further consideration of the topic.] now or at another agreed-upon time.

Usually the formality of a vote on the reception of a report of a committee is dispensed with, the time being settled by general consent. Should any one object, a formal motion becomes necessary. When the time arrives for the assembly to receive the report, the chairman of the committee reads it in his place, and then delivers it to the clerk, when it lies on the table till the assembly sees fit to consider it. If the report consists of a paper with amendments, the chairman of the committee reads the amendments with the coherence in the paper, explaining the alterations and reasons of the committee for the amendments, till he has gone through the whole. If the report is very long, it is not usually read until the assembly is ready to consider it [see §§ 31 and 44].

Typically, the formal vote on accepting a committee report is skipped, and the time is agreed upon by general consent. If anyone raises an objection, a formal motion is required. When it’s time for the assembly to receive the report, the committee chairman reads it aloud and then hands it over to the clerk, where it remains until the assembly decides to discuss it. If the report includes a document with amendments, the chairman reads the amendments along with the rest of the report, explaining the changes and the committee's reasoning for those amendments, until everything is covered. If the report is very lengthy, it’s generally not read until the assembly is prepared to discuss it [see §§ 31 and 44].

When the report has been received, whether it has been read or not, the committee is thereby dissolved, and can act no more without it is revived by a vote to recommit. If the report is recommitted, all the parts of the report that have not been agreed to by the assembly, are ignored by the committee as if the report had never been made.

When the report has been received, whether it has been read or not, the committee is dissolved and can’t take any further action unless it is revived by a vote to recommit. If the report is recommitted, all parts of the report that haven't been agreed to by the assembly are ignored by the committee as if the report had never been made.

31. Adoption of Reports. When the assembly is to consider a report, a motion should be made to “adopt,” “accept,” or “agree to” the report, all of which, when carried, have the same effect, namely, to make the doings of the committee become the acts of the assembly, the same as if done by the assembly without the intervention of a committee. If the report contains merely a statement of opinion or facts, the motion should be to “accept” the report; if it also concludes with resolutions or certain propositions, the motion should be to “agree to” the resolutions, or to “adopt” the propositions. After the above motion is made, the matter stands before the assembly exactly the same as if there had been no committee, and the subject had been introduced by the motion of the member who made the report. [See § 34 for his privileges in debate, and § 44 for the method of treating a report containing several propositions, when being considered by the assembly.]

31. Adoption of Reports. When the assembly is set to review a report, a motion should be made to “adopt,” “accept,” or “agree to” the report. All of these options, if approved, achieve the same outcome: they make the committee's activities the actions of the assembly, as if the assembly had carried them out without a committee's involvement. If the report is simply a statement of opinion or facts, the motion should be to “accept” the report; if it includes resolutions or specific proposals, the motion should be to “agree to” the resolutions or to “adopt” the proposals. Once the motion is made, the issue is before the assembly just as it would be if there had been no committee, and the topic had been raised by the member who submitted the report. [See § 34 for his privileges in debate, and § 44 for the method of treating a report containing several propositions when being considered by the assembly.]

32. Committee of the Whole. When an assembly has to consider a subject which it does not wish to refer to a committee, and yet where the subject matter is not well digested and put into proper form for its definite action, or, when for any other reason, it is desirable for the assembly to consider a subject with all the freedom of an ordinary committee, it is the practice to refer the matter to the “Committee of the Whole.”* [In large assemblies, such as the U. S. House of Representatives, where a member can speak to any question but once, the committee of the whole seems almost a necessity, as it allows the freest discussion of a subject, while at any time it can rise and thus bring into force the strict rules of the assembly.]

32. Committee of the Whole. When a group needs to discuss a topic that it doesn’t want to send to a committee, but the topic isn’t fully developed for clear action, or for any other reason when it’s preferable for the group to debate a topic freely like in a typical committee, it’s customary to refer the issue to the “Committee of the Whole.”* [In large groups, like the U.S. House of Representatives, where a member can only speak on a given question once, the committee of the whole is almost essential, as it allows for the most open discussion of a topic, while at any point it can raise the issue and enforce the assembly's strict rules.]

If it is desired to consider the question at once, the motion is made, “That the assembly do now resolve itself into a committee of the whole to take under consideration,” etc., specifying the subject. This is really a motion to “commit” [see § 22 for its order of precedence, etc.] If adopted, the Chairman immediately calls another member to the chair, and takes his place as a member of the committee. The committee is under the rules of the assembly, excepting as stated hereafter in this section.

If someone wants to discuss the issue right away, they can propose a motion, stating, “That the assembly now resolve itself into a committee of the whole to consider,” followed by the specific topic. This is essentially a motion to “commit” [see § 22 for its order of precedence, etc.]. If the motion passes, the Chairman will immediately call on another member to take over the chair and will join as a member of the committee. The committee operates under the assembly's rules, except as noted later in this section.

The only motions in order are to amend and adopt, and that the committee “rise and report,” as it cannot adjourn; nor can it order the “yeas and nays” [§ 38]. The only way to close or limit debate in committee of the whole, is for the assembly to vote that the debate in committee shall cease at a certain time, or that after a certain time no debate shall be allowed excepting on new amendments, and then only one speech in favor of and one against it, of say, five minutes each; or in some other way regulate the time for debate.* [In Congress no motion to limit debate in committee of the whole is in order till after the subject has been already considered in committee of the whole. As no subject would probably be considered more than once in committee of the whole, in an ordinary society, the enforcement of this rule would practically prevent such a society from putting any limit to debate in the committee. The rule as given above, allows the society, whenever resolving itself into committee of the whole, to impose upon the debate in the committee, such restrictions as are allowed in Congress after the subject has already been considered in committee of the whole.]

The only motions that can be made are to amend and adopt, and for the committee to "rise and report," as it cannot adjourn; nor can it call for the "yeas and nays" [§ 38]. The only way to close or limit debate in a committee of the whole is for the assembly to vote that the debate in the committee will end at a certain time, or that after a specific time, no debate will be allowed except for new amendments, with each side allowed one speech for and against lasting five minutes each; or in some other way manage the time for debate.* [In Congress, no motion to limit debate in a committee of the whole is allowed until after the subject has already been discussed in committee. Since a subject is unlikely to be considered more than once in a committee of the whole in a regular society, following this rule would effectively prevent such a society from putting any limits on debate in the committee. The rule stated above allows the society, whenever it turns into a committee of the whole, to impose on the debate in the committee the same restrictions allowed in Congress after the subject has already been addressed in committee of the whole.]

If no limit is prescribed, any member may speak as often as he can get the floor, and as long each time as allowed in debate in the assembly, provided no one wishes the floor who has not spoken on that particular question. Debate having been closed at a particular time by order of the assembly, it is not competent for the committee, even by unanimous consent, to extend the time. The committee cannot refer the subject to another committee. Like other committees [§ 28], it cannot alter the text of any resolution referred to it; but if the resolution originated in the committee, then all the amendments are incorporated in it.

If there's no set limit, any member can speak as often as they can get the floor, and for as long as allowed in the assembly's debate, as long as no one else wants to speak who hasn't addressed that specific question. Once the assembly has closed debate on a particular issue, the committee can't extend the time, even if everyone agrees. The committee also can't pass the subject to another committee. Like other committees [§ 28], it can't change the wording of any resolution sent to it; however, if the resolution originated in the committee, then all the amendments are included in it.

When it is through with the consideration of the subject referred to it, or if it wishes to adjourn, or to have the assembly limit debate, a motion is made that “the committee rise and report,” etc., specifying the result of its proceedings.

When it's finished discussing the topic at hand, or if it wants to take a break, or if it wants the group to limit the debate, a motion is made that “the committee rise and report,” etc., outlining the outcome of its activities.

This motion “to rise” is equivalent to the motion to adjourn, in the assembly, and is always in order (except when another member has the floor), and is undebatable. As soon as this motion is adopted, the presiding officer takes the chair, and the chairman of the committee, having resumed his place in the assembly, arises and informs him, that “the committee have gone through the business referred to them, and that he is ready to make the report, when the assembly is ready to receive it;” or he will make such other report as will suit the case.

This motion "to rise" is the same as the motion to adjourn in the assembly and is always in order (except when another member is speaking) and cannot be debated. Once this motion is approved, the presiding officer takes the chair, and the committee chairman, returning to his spot in the assembly, stands up and tells him that "the committee has completed the business assigned to them and is ready to present the report whenever the assembly is ready to hear it;" or he will make another report that fits the situation.

The clerk does not record the proceedings of the committee on the minutes, but should keep a memorandum of the proceedings for the use of the committee. In large assemblies the clerk vacates his chair, which is occupied by the chairman of the committee, and the assistant clerk acts as clerk of the committee. Should the committee get disorderly, and the chairman be unable to preserve order, the presiding officer can take the chair, and declare the committee dissolved. The quorum of the committee of the whole is the same as that of the assembly [§ 43]. If the committee finds itself without a quorum, it can only rise and report the fact to the assembly, which in such a case would have to adjourn.

The clerk doesn't write down the committee's proceedings in the minutes, but should keep a record of what happens for the committee's use. In larger meetings, the clerk steps down from their position, which is taken over by the committee's chairman, and the assistant clerk becomes the committee's clerk. If the committee becomes chaotic and the chairman can't maintain order, the presiding officer can take over and announce that the committee is dissolved. The quorum for the committee as a whole is the same as that of the assembly [§ 43]. If the committee finds itself without a quorum, it can only rise and inform the assembly, which would then need to adjourn.

33. Informal Consideration of a Question (or acting as if in committee of the whole). It has become customary in many assemblies, instead of going into committee of the whole, to consider the question “informally,” and afterwards to act “formally.” In a small assembly there is no objection to this.* [In the U. S. Senate all bills, joint resolutions and treaties, upon their second reading are considered “as if the Senate were in committee of the whole,” which is equivalent to considering them informally. [U. S. Senate Rules 28 and 38.] In large assemblies it is better to follow the practice of the House of Representatives, and go into committee of the whole.] While acting informally upon any resolutions, the assembly can only amend and adopt them, and without further motion the Chairman announces that “the assembly acting informally [or as in committee of the whole] has had such a subject under consideration, and has made certain amendments, which he will report.” The subject comes before the assembly then as if reported by a committee. While acting informally, the Chairman retains his seat, as it is not necessary to move that the committee rise, but at any time the adoption of such motions as to adjourn, the previous question, to commit, or any motion except to amend or adopt, puts an end to the informal consideration; as for example, the motion to commit is equivalent to the following motions when in committee of the whole: (1) That the committee rise; (2) that the committee of the whole be discharged from the further consideration of the subject, and (3) that it be referred to a committee.

33. Informal Consideration of a Question (or acting as if in committee of the whole). It has become common in many assemblies to consider a question “informally” instead of going into committee of the whole, and then to act “formally” afterward. In a small assembly, there's no problem with this. [In the U.S. Senate, all bills, joint resolutions, and treaties, upon their second reading, are considered “as if the Senate were in committee of the whole,” which is like considering them informally. [U.S. Senate Rules 28 and 38.] In larger assemblies, it's better to follow the House of Representatives' practice and go into committee of the whole. While acting informally on any resolutions, the assembly can only amend and adopt them, and without any further motion, the Chairman announces that “the assembly acting informally [or as in committee of the whole] has discussed such a subject and has made certain amendments, which he will report.” The subject is then presented to the assembly as if it were reported by a committee. While acting informally, the Chairman stays in his seat, as there's no need to move that the committee rise, but any time a motion to adjourn, to call the previous question, to commit, or any motion except to amend or adopt is made, it ends the informal consideration; for instance, the motion to commit is equivalent to the following motions when in committee of the whole: (1) That the committee rise; (2) that the committee of the whole be discharged from further consideration of the subject; and (3) that it be referred to a committee.

While acting informally, every member can speak as many times as he pleases, and as long each time as permitted in the assembly [§ 34], and the informal action may be rejected or altered by the assembly. While the clerk should keep a memorandum of the informal proceedings, it should not be entered on the minutes, being only for temporary use. The Chairman’s report to the assembly of the informal action, should be entered on the minutes, as it belongs to the assembly’s proceedings.

While acting informally, every member can speak as much as they want and for as long as the assembly allows [§ 34], and the assembly can reject or change the informal actions. The clerk should keep a record of the informal proceedings, but it shouldn’t be included in the official minutes, as it’s just for temporary use. The Chairman’s report to the assembly about the informal action should be included in the minutes since it is part of the assembly’s proceedings.

Art. V. Debate and Decorum.
[§§ 34-37.]

34. Debate.* [In connection with this section read §§ 1-5.] When a motion is made and seconded, it shall be stated by the Chairman before being debated [see § 3]. When any member is about to speak in debate, he shall rise and respectfully address himself to “Mr. Chairman.” [“Mr. President” is used where that is the designated title of the presiding officer; “Brother Moderator” is more common in religious meetings.] The Chairman shall then announce his name [see § 2]. By parliamentary courtesy, the member upon whose motion a subject is brought before the assembly is first entitled to the floor, even though another member has risen first and addressed the Chair; [in case of a report of a committee, it is the member who presents the report] ; and this member is also entitled to close the debate, but not until every member choosing to speak, has spoken. This right to make the last speech upon the question, is not taken away by the Previous Question [§ 20] being ordered, or in any other way. With this exception, no member shall speak more than twice to the same question (only once to a question of order, § 14), nor longer than ten minutes at one time, without leave of the assembly, and the question upon granting the leave shall be decided by a majority vote without debate.* [The limit in time should vary to suit circumstances, but the limit of two speeches of ten minutes each will usually answer in ordinary assemblies, and it can be increased, when desirable, by a majority vote as shown above, or diminished as shown in § 37. In the U. S. House of Representatives no member can speak more than once to the same question, nor longer than one hour. The fourth rule of the Senate is as follows: “No Senator shall speak more than twice in any one debate on the same day, without leave of the Senate, which question shall be decided without debate.” If no rule is adopted, each member can speak but once to the same question.]

34. Debate.* [In connection with this section read §§ 1-5.] When a motion is made and seconded, the Chairman will state it before the debate begins [see § 3]. When any member wants to speak in the debate, they should rise and respectfully address the Chair as “Mr. Chairman.” [“Mr. President” is used if that is the title of the presiding officer; “Brother Moderator” is more common in religious meetings.] The Chairman will then announce that member's name [see § 2]. As a matter of parliamentary courtesy, the member who introduced the motion has the first right to speak on the matter, even if another member stands up first to address the Chair; [in the case of a committee report, it's the member presenting the report]; and this member also has the right to close the debate, but only after every member wishing to speak has had their turn. This privilege to give the final speech on the matter is not revoked by the Previous Question [§ 20] being called or in any other way. With this exception, no member can speak more than twice on the same question (only once on a question of order, § 14), and no longer than ten minutes at a time, unless given permission by the assembly; the question of granting this permission will be decided by a majority vote without debate.* [The time limit should vary based on the situation, but typically, the limit of two speeches of ten minutes each will work for regular assemblies, and it can be increased if needed by a majority vote as mentioned above, or decreased as shown in § 37. In the U.S. House of Representatives, no member can speak more than once on the same question or for more than one hour. The fourth rule of the Senate states: “No Senator shall speak more than twice in any one debate on the same day without permission from the Senate, which question shall be decided without debate.” If no rule is set, each member can only speak once on the same question.]

If greater freedom is desired, the proper course is to refer the subject to the committee of the whole [§ 32], or to consider it informally [§ 33]. [For limiting or closing the debate, see § 37.] No member can speak the second time to a question, until every member choosing to speak has spoken. But an amendment, or any other motion being offered, makes the real question before the assembly a different one, and, in regard to the right to debate, is treated as a new question. Merely asking a question, or making a suggestion, is not considered as speaking.

If you want more freedom, the best way to go about it is to bring the topic to the committee of the whole [§ 32] or to discuss it informally [§ 33]. [For limiting or closing the debate, see § 37.] No member can speak a second time on a question until all members who want to speak have had their turn. However, if an amendment or any other motion is proposed, the main issue before the assembly changes, and in terms of the right to debate, it is treated as a new question. Simply asking a question or making a suggestion doesn’t count as speaking.

35. Undebatable Questions. The following questions shall be decided without debate, all others being debatable [see note at end of this section]:

35. Undebatable Questions. The following questions will be decided without discussion, while all other questions can be debated [see note at end of this section]:

—To Fix the Time to which the Assembly shall Adjourn (when a privileged question, § 10).
—To Adjourn [§ 11], (or in committee, to rise, which is used instead of to adjourn).
—For the Orders of the Day [§ 13], and questions relating to the priority of business.
—An Appeal [§ 14] when made while the Previous Question is pending, or when simply relating to indecorum or transgressions of the rules of speaking, or to the priority of business.
—Objection to the Consideration of a Question [§ 15].
—Questions relating to Reading of Papers [§ 16], or Withdrawing a Motion [§ 17], or Suspending the Rules [§ 18], or extending the limits of debate [§ 34], or limiting or closing debate, or granting leave to continue his speech to one who has been guilty of indecorum in debate [§ 36].
—To Lie on the Table or to Take from the Table [§ 19].
—The Previous Question [§ 20].
—To Reconsider [§ 26] a question which is itself undebatable.

—To Set the Time for the Assembly to Adjourn (when a privileged question, § 10).
—To Adjourn [§ 11], (or in committee, to rise, which is used instead of adjourning).
—For the Orders of the Day [§ 13], and questions related to the priority of business.
—An Appeal [§ 14] when made while the Previous Question is pending, or when simply related to inappropriate behavior or rule violations in speaking, or to the priority of business.
—Objection to the Consideration of a Question [§ 15].
—Questions relating to the Reading of Papers [§ 16], or Withdrawing a Motion [§ 17], or Suspending the Rules [§ 18], or extending the limits of debate [§ 34], or limiting or closing debate, or allowing someone who has acted inappropriately during debate to continue their speech [§ 36].
—To Lie on the Table or to Take from the Table [§ 19].
—The Previous Question [§ 20].
—To Reconsider [§ 26] a question that is itself not debatable.

The motion to Postpone to a certain time [§ 21] allows of but very limited debate, which must be confined to the propriety of the postponement; but to Reconsider a debatable question [§ 26], or to Commit [§ 22], or Indefinitely Postpone [§ 24], opens the main question [§ 6] to debate. To Amend [§ 23] opens the main question to debate only so far as it is necessarily involved in the amendment.

The motion to Postpone to a certain time [§ 21] allows for only very limited debate, which must focus specifically on whether the postponement is appropriate; however, to Reconsider a debatable question [§ 26], or to Commit [§ 22], or Indefinitely Postpone [§ 24], allows the main question [§ 6] to be debated. To Amend [§ 23] allows for debate on the main question only to the extent that it relates to the amendment.

The distinction between debate and making suggestions or asking a question, should always be kept in view, and when the latter will assist the assembly in determining the question, is allowed to a limited extent, even though the question before the assembly is undebatable.

The difference between debating and making suggestions or asking a question should always be kept in mind. When the latter helps the group reach a decision, it is permitted to a certain extent, even if the question before the group cannot be debated.

Note On Undebatable Questions.—The English common parliamentary law makes all motions debatable, without there is a rule adopted limiting debate [Cushing’s Manual, § 330]; but every assembly is obliged to restrict debate upon certain motions. The restrictions to debate prescribed in this section conform to the practice of Congress, where, however, it is very common to allow of brief remarks upon the most undebatable questions, sometimes five or six members speaking; this of course is allowed only when no one objects.

Note On Undebatable Questions.—The English common parliamentary law states that all motions are debatable unless there is a rule in place that limits debate [Cushing’s Manual, § 330]; however, every assembly must impose restrictions on debate for certain motions. The limitations on debate described in this section align with the practices of Congress, where it's quite common to permit brief remarks on the most undebatable questions, sometimes allowing five or six members to speak; this is, of course, permitted only when there are no objections.

By examining the above list, it will be found, that, while free debate is allowed upon every principal question [§ 6], it is permitted or prohibited upon other questions in accordance with the following principles:

By looking at the list above, you'll see that while open discussion is allowed on every main issue [§ 6], it’s allowed or restricted on other topics based on the following principles:

(a) Highly privileged questions, as a rule, should not be debated, as in that case they could be used to prevent the assembly from coming to a vote on the main question; (for instance, if the motion to adjourn were debatable, it could be used [see § 11] in a way to greatly hinder business). High privilege is, as a rule, incompatible with the right of debate on the privileged question.

(a) Highly privileged questions generally shouldn’t be debated because doing so could prevent the assembly from voting on the main issue. For example, if the motion to adjourn could be debated, it might significantly disrupt business. High privilege usually doesn’t work well with the right to debate on the privileged question.

(b) A motion that has the effect to suppress a question before the assembly, so that it cannot again be taken up that session [§ 42], allows of free debate. And a subsidiary motion [§ 7, except commit, which see below,] is debatable to just the extent that it interferes with the right of the assembly to take up the original question at its pleasure.

(b) A motion that prevents a question from being discussed again during that session [§ 42] allows for open debate. A subsidiary motion [§ 7, except for commit, which see below] can be debated only to the extent that it affects the assembly's right to revisit the original question whenever they choose.

Illustrations: To “Indefinitely Postpone” [§ 24] a question, places it out of the power of the assembly to again take it up during that session, and consequently this motion allows of free debate, even involving the whole merits of the original question.

Illustrations: To “Indefinitely Postpone” [§ 24] a question, removes it from the assembly's ability to address it again during that session, which means this motion permits open discussion, even considering the full details of the original question.

To “Postpone to a certain time” prevents the assembly taking up the question till the specified time, and therefore allows of limited debate upon the propriety of the postponement.

To “Postpone to a certain time” stops the assembly from addressing the issue until the designated time, which in turn permits some discussion on whether the postponement is appropriate.

To “Lie on the Table” leaves the question so that the assembly can at any time consider it, and therefore should not be, and is not debatable.

To “Lie on the Table” leaves the question open for the assembly to consider at any time, and therefore it should not be, and is not up for debate.

To “Commit” would not be very debatable, according to this rule, but it is an exception, because it is often important that the committee should know the views of the assembly on the question, and it therefore is not only debatable, but opens to debate the whole question which it is proposed to refer to the committee.

To “Commit” wouldn't really be up for debate, according to this rule, but it's an exception because it's often important for the committee to understand the assembly's views on the issue. Therefore, it’s not only debatable but also opens up the entire question that is proposed to be referred to the committee.

36. Decorum in Debate [see § 2]. In debate a member must confine himself to the question before the assembly, and avoid personalities. He cannot reflect upon any act of the assembly, unless he intends to conclude his remarks with a motion to rescind such action, or else while debating such motion. In referring to another member, he should, as much as possible, avoid using his name, rather referring to him as “the member who spoke last,” or in some other way describing him. The officers of the assembly should always be referred to by their official titles. It is not allowable to arraign the motives of a member, but the nature or consequences of a measure may be condemned in strong terms. It is not the man, but the measure, that is the subject of debate. If at any time the Chairman rises to state a point of order, or give information, or otherwise speak, within his privilege [see § 40], the member speaking must take his seat till the Chairman has been first heard. When called to order, the member must sit down until the question of order is decided. If his remarks are decided to be improper, he cannot proceed, if any one objects, without the leave of the assembly expressed by a vote, upon which question there shall be no debate.

36. Decorum in Debate [see § 2]. In a debate, a member must stick to the topic at hand and avoid personal attacks. They can't criticize any actions of the assembly unless they plan to conclude by making a motion to overturn that action or while discussing such a motion. When mentioning another member, they should try to avoid using names, instead referring to them as “the member who spoke last” or describing them in some other way. The officers of the assembly should always be addressed by their official titles. It's not acceptable to question a member's motives, but it's fine to criticize the nature or outcomes of a proposal strongly. The focus should be on the proposal, not the person. If the Chairman stands to make a point of order, provide information, or otherwise speak within their rights [see § 40], the current speaker must sit down until the Chairman is finished. When called to order, the member must also sit until the issue of order is resolved. If their comments are deemed inappropriate, they can't continue if anyone objects unless the assembly gives permission through a vote, and there will be no debate on that question.

Disorderly words should be taken down by the member who objects to them, or by the clerk, and then read to the member; if he denies them, the assembly shall decide by a vote whether they are his words or not. If a member cannot justify the words he used, and will not suitably apologize for using them, it is the duty of the assembly to act in the case, requiring both members to withdraw* [If both are personally interested. [See page 161.]] till it has decided its course, it being a general rule that no member should he present in the assembly when any matter relating to himself is under debate. If any business has taken place since the member spoke, it is too late to take notice of any disorderly words he used.

Disorderly comments should be noted by the member who objects or by the clerk, and then read back to the member; if he disputes them, the assembly will vote to determine whether they were his words or not. If a member can't explain his words and won't properly apologize for using them, it's the assembly's responsibility to address the situation, requiring both members to step out* [If both are personally interested. [See page 161.]] until it has decided what to do, as a general rule states that no member should be present while any issue involving themselves is under discussion. If any business has happened since the member spoke, it's too late to address any disorderly remarks he made.

37. Closing Debate. Debate upon a question is not closed by the Chairman rising to put the question, as, until both the affirmative and negative are put, a member can claim the floor, and re-open debate [see § 38]. Debate can be closed by the following motions, which are undebatable [§ 35], and, except to Lie on the Table, shall require a two-thirds* [In Congress, where each speaker can occupy the floor one hour, any of these motions to cut off debate can be adopted by a mere majority. In ordinary societies harmony is so essential, that a two-thirds vote should be required to force the assembly to a final vote without allowing free debate.] vote for their adoption [§ 39]:

37. Closing Debate. A debate on a question isn’t closed just because the Chairman stands to ask for a vote. Until both the affirmative and negative have been presented, any member can take the floor and reopen the debate [see § 38]. The debate can be closed with the following motions, which cannot be debated [§ 35], and except for the motion to Lie on the Table, these will require a two-thirds* [In Congress, where each speaker can talk for one hour, any of these motions to end debate can be passed by just a simple majority. In ordinary societies, maintaining harmony is so important that a two-thirds vote is needed to push the assembly to a final vote without permitting free debate.] vote for approval [§ 39]:

(a) An objection to the consideration of a question [only allowable when the question is first introduced, § 15], which, if sustained, not only stops debate, but also throws the subject out of the assembly for that session [§ 42]; which latter effect is the one for which it was designed.

(a) An objection to discussing a question [only allowed when the question is first brought up, § 15], which, if approved, not only halts the debate but also removes the topic from the assembly for that session [§ 42]; this second effect is the intended purpose of the objection.

(b) To lie on the table [§ 19], which, if adopted, carries the question to the table, from which it cannot be taken without a majority favors such action.

(b) To lie on the table [§ 19], which, if accepted, puts the question on hold, and it can't be removed without a majority supporting that action.

(c) The previous question [§ 20], which has the effect of requiring all the questions before the assembly [excepting as limited in § 20] to be put to vote at once without further debate. It may be applied merely to an amendment or to an amendment of an amendment.

(c) The previous question [§ 20] requires that all the issues before the assembly [except as limited in § 20] be voted on at once without any more discussion. It can be applied just to an amendment or to an amendment of an amendment.

(d) For the assembly to adopt an order (1) limiting debate upon a special subject, either as to the number or length of the speeches; or (2) closing debate upon the subject at a stated time, when all pending questions shall be put to vote without further debate. Either of these two measures may be applied only to a pending amendment, or an amendment thereto, and when this is voted upon, the original question is still open to debate and amendment.

(d) For the assembly to adopt a rule (1) limiting discussion on a specific topic, either regarding the number or duration of speeches; or (2) ending discussion on the topic at a specified time, when all outstanding questions will be put to a vote without any further discussion. Either of these measures can only be applied to a pending amendment, or an amendment to that amendment, and when this is voted on, the original question remains open for discussion and amendment.

Art. VI. Vote.
[§§ 38-39.]

38. Voting. Whenever from the nature of the question it permits of no modification or debate, the Chairman immediately puts it to vote; if the question is debatable, when the Chairman thinks the debate has been brought to a close, he should inquire if the assembly is ready for the question, and if no one rises he puts the question to vote. There are various forms for putting the question, in use in different parts of the country. The rule in Congress, in the House of Representatives, is as follows: “Questions shall be distinctly put in this form, to-wit: ‘As many as are of the opinion that (as the question may be) say Aye;’ and after the affirmative voice is expressed, ‘As many as are of the contrary opinion, say No.’” The following form is very common: “It has been moved and seconded that (here state the question). As many as are favor of the motion say Aye; those opposed, No.” Or, if the motion is for the adoption of a certain resolution, after it has been read the Chairman can say, “You have heard the resolution read; those in favor of its adoption will hold up the right hand; those opposed will manifest it by the same sign.” These examples are sufficient to show the usual methods of putting a question, the affirmative being always put first.

38. Voting. When a question is straightforward and can't be changed or debated, the Chairman puts it to a vote right away; if the question can be debated, when the Chairman believes the discussion is finished, he should ask if everyone is ready to vote. If no one speaks up, he moves forward with the vote. Different regions may use various ways to put the question. The standard in Congress, specifically in the House of Representatives, is: “Questions should be clearly stated like this: ‘Those who think that (insert question) say Aye;’ and after the affirmative is heard, ‘Those who disagree say No.’” A commonly used format is: “It’s been proposed and seconded that (state the question here). Those in favor of the motion say Aye; those opposed say No.” Alternatively, if the motion is to adopt a specific resolution, after it has been read, the Chairman can say, “You’ve heard the resolution read; those in favor of adopting it will raise their right hand; those opposed will show the same sign.” These examples illustrate the standard ways to propose a question, with the affirmative always stated first.

When a vote is taken, the Chairman should always announce the result in the following form: “The motion is carried—the resolution is adopted,” or, “The ayes have it—the resolution is adopted.” If, when he announces a vote, any member rises and states that he doubts the vote, or calls for a “division,” the Chairman shall say, “A division is called for; those in favor of the motion will rise.” After counting these, and announcing the number, he shall say, “Those opposed will rise.” will count these, announce the number, and declare the result; that is, whether the motion is carried or lost. Instead of counting the vote himself, he can appoint tellers to make the count and report to him. When tellers are appointed, they should be selected from both sides of the question. A member has the right to change his vote (when not made by ballot) before the decision of the question has been finally and conclusively pronounced by the Chair, but not afterwards.

When a vote is taken, the Chairperson should always announce the result like this: “The motion is carried—the resolution is adopted,” or, “The yes votes have it—the resolution is adopted.” If, when announcing a vote, any member stands up and expresses doubt about the vote, or calls for a “division,” the Chairperson should say, “A division is called for; those in favor of the motion will stand up.” After counting these and announcing the number, they should say, “Those opposed will stand up.” They will count these, announce the number, and declare the result, meaning whether the motion is carried or lost. Instead of counting the votes themselves, they can appoint tellers to do the counting and report back to them. When tellers are appointed, they should be chosen from both sides of the issue. A member has the right to change their vote (when not cast by ballot) before the Chair finalizes and officially announces the decision, but not afterward.

Until the negative is put, it is in order for any member, in the same manner as if the voting had not been commenced, to rise and speak, make motions for amendment or otherwise, and thus renew the debate; and this, whether the member was in the assembly room or not when the question was put and the vote partly taken. In such case the question is in the same condition as if it had never been put.

Until the negative is presented, any member can still rise and speak, propose amendments, or otherwise engage in debate, just as if the voting had never started. This applies whether the member was present in the assembly room when the question was brought up and the vote partially taken or not. In this situation, the question remains as if it had never been introduced.

No one can vote on a question affecting himself, but if more than one name is included in the resolution (though a sense of delicacy would prevent this right being exercised, excepting when it would change the vote) all are entitled to vote; for if this were not so, a minority could control an assembly by including the names of a sufficient number in a motion, say for preferring charges against them, and suspend them, or even expel them from the assembly. When there is a tie vote the motion fails, without the Chairman gives his vote for the affirmative, which in such case he can do. Where his vote will make a tie, he can cast it and thus defeat the measure.

No one can vote on an issue that affects them personally, but if more than one name is included in the resolution (though it's generally considered inappropriate to exercise this right unless it would change the outcome), everyone can vote. If this weren't the case, a minority could take control of a group by including enough names in a motion, like accusing them of something, which could lead to suspending or even expelling them from the group. If there's a tie in the vote, the motion fails unless the Chairman casts a vote in favor, which they can do in that situation. If their vote would create a tie, they can use it to defeat the proposal.

Another form of voting is by ballot. This method is only adopted when required by the constitution or by-laws of the assembly, or when the assembly has ordered the vote to be so taken. The Chairman, in such cases, appoints at least two tellers, who distribute slips of paper upon which each member, including the Chairman,* [Should the Chairman neglect to vote before the ballots are counted, he cannot then vote without the permission of the assembly.] writes his vote; the votes are then collected, counted by the tellers, and the result reported to the Chairman, who announces it to the assembly. The Chairman announces the result of the vote, in case of an election to office, in a manner similar to the following: “The whole number of votes cast is —; the number necessary for an election is —; Mr. A. received —; Mr. B. —; Mr. C. —. Mr. B. having received the required number is elected —.” Where there is only one candidate for an office, and the constitution requires the vote to be by ballot, it is common to authorize the clerk to cast the vote of the assembly for such and such a person; if any one objects however, it is necessary to ballot in the usual way. So when a motion is made to make a vote unanimous, it fails if any one objects. In counting the ballots all blanks are ignored.

Another way of voting is by ballot. This method is used only when required by the constitution or by-laws of the assembly, or when the assembly has decided to use this method. In such cases, the Chairman appoints at least two tellers, who hand out slips of paper on which each member, including the Chairman,* [If the Chairman forgets to vote before the ballots are counted, they cannot vote afterward without the assembly's permission.] writes their vote; the votes are then collected, counted by the tellers, and the result is reported to the Chairman, who announces it to the assembly. The Chairman announces the result of the vote, in cases of an election to office, in a way similar to this: “The total number of votes cast is —; the number needed for an election is —; Mr. A. received —; Mr. B. —; Mr. C. —. Mr. B. having received the required number is elected —.” When there is only one candidate for an office, and the constitution requires the vote to be by ballot, it’s common to allow the clerk to cast the assembly's vote for that person; however, if anyone objects, a ballot must be held in the usual way. So when a motion is made to make a vote unanimous, it fails if anyone objects. In counting the ballots, all blanks are ignored.

The assembly can by a majority vote order that the vote on any question be taken by Yeas and Nays.* [Taking a vote by yeas and nays, which has the effect to place on the record how each member votes, is peculiar to this country, and while it consumes a great deal of time, is rarely useful in ordinary societies. By the Constitution, one-fifth of the members present can, in either house of Congress, order a vote to be taken by yeas and nays, and to avoid some of the resulting inconveniences various rules and customs have been established, which are ignored in this Manual, as according to it the yeas and nays can only be ordered by a majority, which prevents its being made use of to hinder business. In representative bodies it is very useful, especially where the proceedings are published, as it enables the people to know how their representatives voted on important measures. In some small bodies a vote on a resolution must be taken by yeas and nays, upon the demand of a single member.] In this method of voting the Chairman states both sides of the question at once; the clerk calls the roll and each member as his name is called rises and answers yes or no, and the clerk notes his answer. Upon the completion of the roll call the clerk reads over the names of those who answered the affirmative, and afterwards those in the negative, that mistakes may be corrected; he then gives the number voting on each side to the Chairman, who announces the result. An entry must be made in the minutes of the names of all voting in the affirmative, and also of those in the negative.

The assembly can, by a majority vote, decide that the vote on any issue be taken by Yeas and Nays.* [Voting by yeas and nays, which officially records how each member votes, is unique to this country and, although it takes a lot of time, is seldom useful in regular groups. According to the Constitution, one-fifth of the members present can request a vote by yeas and nays in either house of Congress. To lessen some of the resulting issues, various rules and customs have been set up, which are not addressed in this Manual, since it states that yeas and nays can only be requested by a majority, preventing it from being used to obstruct business. In representative bodies, it is very beneficial, especially when the proceedings are published, as it allows the public to see how their representatives voted on important issues. In some small groups, a vote on a resolution must be done by yeas and nays if one member requests it.] In this voting method, the Chairman presents both sides of the question at once; the clerk calls the roll, and each member rises and answers yes or no as their name is called, which the clerk records. Once the roll call is finished, the clerk reads out the names of those who voted yes, and then those who voted no, to correct any mistakes; he then gives the count of votes on each side to the Chairman, who announces the result. An entry must be made in the minutes of the names of all those voting in favor and those voting against.

The form of putting a question upon which the vote has been ordered to be taken by yeas and nays, is similar to the following: “As many as are in favor of the adoption of these resolutions will, when their names are called, answer yes [or aye]—those opposed will answer no.” The Chairman will then direct the clerk to call the roll. The negative being put at the same time as the affirmative, it is too late, after the question is put, to renew the debate. After the commencement of the roll call, it is too late to ask to be excused from voting. The yeas and nays cannot be ordered in committee of the whole [§ 32].

The way to ask a question that’s going to be voted on by yeses and noes is similar to this: “Everyone in favor of adopting these resolutions, when your names are called, please respond yes [or aye]—those opposed will say no.” The Chairman will then instruct the clerk to call the roll. Since the negative is stated at the same time as the affirmative, it’s too late to reopen the debate once the question is posed. After the roll call starts, you can’t request to be excused from voting. Yeas and nays can’t be ordered in a committee of the whole [§ 32].

39. Motions Requiring More than a Majority Vote.* [Where no rule to the contrary is adopted, a majority vote of the assembly, when a quorum [§ 43] is present, is sufficient for the adoption of any motion, except for the suspension of a rule, which can only be done by general consent, or unanimously. Congress requires a two-thirds vote for only the motions to suspend and to amend the Rules, to take up business out of its proper order, and to make a special order [see note to § 37].] The following motions shall require a two-thirds vote for their adoption, as the right of discussion, and the right to have the rules enforced, should not be abridged by a mere majority:

39. Motions Requiring More than a Majority Vote.* [Unless a different rule is established, a majority vote of the assembly, when a quorum [§ 43] is present, is enough to pass any motion, except for the suspension of a rule, which can only be done by general consent or unanimously. Congress requires a two-thirds vote only for motions to suspend and amend the Rules, to address business out of its regular order, and to create a special order [see note to § 37].] The following motions will need a two-thirds vote for approval, as the rights to discuss and to enforce rules should not be limited by a simple majority:

  An Objection to the Consideration of a Question ………….. § 15.
  To Take up a Question out of its proper order ……………. § 13.
  To Suspend the Rules ………………………………….. § 18.
  The Previous Question …………………………………. § 20.
  To Close or Limit Debate ………………………………. § 37.
  To Amend the Rules (requires previous notice also) ……….. § 43.
  To Make a special order ……………………………….. § 13.

An Objection to the Consideration of a Question ………….. § 15.
  To Address a Question out of its proper order ……………. § 13.
  To Suspend the Rules ………………………………….. § 18.
  The Previous Question …………………………………. § 20.
  To Close or Limit Debate ………………………………. § 37.
  To Amend the Rules (requires prior notice as well) ……….. § 43.
  To Create a special order ……………………………….. § 13.

Art. VII. The Officers and the Minutes.
[§§ 40, 41.]

40. Chairman* [In connection with this section read § 44, and also § 40, 41.] or President. The presiding officer, when no special title has been assigned him, is ordinarily called the Chairman (or in religious assemblies more usually the Moderator); frequently the constitution of the assembly prescribes for him a title, such as President.

40. Chairman* [In connection with this section read § 44, and also § 40, 41.] or President. The person leading the meeting, when no specific title has been given, is usually referred to as the Chairman (or in religious gatherings more often the Moderator); often, the assembly's constitution assigns him a title, like President.

His duties are generally as follows:

His responsibilities are usually as follows:

To open the session at the time at which the assembly is to meet, by taking the chair and calling the members to order; to announce the business before the assembly in the order in which it is to be acted upon [§ 44]; to state and to put to vote [§ 38] all questions which are regularly moved, or necessarily arise in the course of proceedings, and to announce the result of the vote;

To start the meeting when the group is supposed to gather, by taking the lead and getting the members' attention; to present the agenda in the order it will be addressed [§ 44]; to clarify and call for a vote [§ 38] on all questions that are formally raised or that come up during the proceedings, and to share the outcome of the vote;

To restrain the members, when engaged in debate, within the rules of order; to enforce on all occasions the observance of order and decorum [§ 36] among the members, deciding all questions of order (subject to an appeal to the assembly by any two members, § 14), and to inform the assembly when necessary, or when referred to for the purpose, on a point of order or practice;

To keep the members within the rules during discussions, to ensure that everyone follows order and behaves appropriately [§ 36], to make decisions on all questions of order (which any two members can appeal to the assembly, § 14), and to inform the assembly when needed, or when asked, about any points of order or practice;

To authenticate, by his signature, when necessary, all the acts, orders and proceedings of the assembly, and in general to represent and stand for the assembly, declaring its will, and in all things obeying its commands.

To authenticate, with his signature, when needed, all the actions, orders, and decisions of the assembly, and generally to represent and stand for the assembly, expressing its intentions, and in all matters following its directives.

The chairman shall rise* [It is not customary for the chairman to rise while putting questions in very small bodies, such as committees, boards of trustees, &c.] to put a question to vote, but may state it sitting; he shall also rise from his seat (without calling any one to the chair), when speaking to a question of order, which he can do in preference to other members. In referring to himself he should always use his official title thus: “The Chair decides so and so,” not “I decide, &c.” When a member has the floor, the chairman cannot interrupt him as long as he does not transgress any of the rules of the assembly, excepting as provided in § 2.

The chairman should stand* [It’s not typical for the chairman to stand when asking questions in small groups, like committees or boards of trustees, etc.] to put a question to a vote, but can state it while seated; he must also stand from his seat (without designating anyone to take over) when addressing a point of order, which he can do instead of other members. When referring to himself, he should always use his official title like this: “The Chair decides so and so,” not “I decide,” etc. When a member has the floor, the chairman cannot interrupt them as long as they don't break any of the assembly's rules, except as outlined in § 2.

He is entitled to vote when the vote is by ballot,* [But this right is lost if he does not use it before the tellers have commenced to count the ballots. The assembly can give leave to the chairman to vote under such circumstances.] and in all other cases where the vote would change the result. Thus in a case where two-thirds vote is necessary, and his vote thrown with the minority would prevent the adoption of the question, he can cast his vote; so also he can vote with the minority when it will produce a tie vote and thus cause the motion to fail. Whenever a motion is made referring especially to the chairman, the maker of the motion should put it to vote.

He can vote when the voting is done by ballot,* [But he loses this right if he doesn’t use it before the tellers start counting the ballots. The assembly can allow the chairman to vote in such situations.] and in any other cases where the vote could change the outcome. For instance, if a two-thirds vote is needed and his vote with the minority would block the proposal, he can cast his vote; similarly, he can vote with the minority if it creates a tie and causes the motion to fail. Whenever someone makes a motion directed specifically at the chairman, the person who made the motion should call for a vote.

The chairman can, if it is necessary to vacate the chair, appoint a chairman pro tem.,** [When there are Vice Presidents, then the first one on the list that is present, is, by virtue of his office, chairman during the absence of the President, and should always be called to the chair when the President temporarily vacates it.] but the first adjournment puts an end to the appointment, which the assembly can terminate before, if it pleases, by electing another chairman. But the regular chairman, knowing that he will be absent from a future meeting, cannot authorize another member to act in his place at such meeting; the clerk [§ 41], or in his absence any member, should in such case call the meeting to order, and a chairman pro tem. be elected, who would hold office during that session [§ 42], without such office was terminated by the entrance of the regular chairman.

The chairman can appoint a temporary chairman if it's necessary to step away from the position. **[If there are Vice Presidents, the first one on the list who is present automatically acts as chairman during the President's absence and should always be called to the chair when the President leaves temporarily.] However, the first adjournment ends this appointment, although the assembly can choose to end it sooner by electing a different chairman. Additionally, if the regular chairman knows they will be absent from a future meeting, they cannot authorize another member to step in for them at that meeting; the clerk [§ 41], or in their absence, any member should call the meeting to order, and a temporary chairman should be elected to serve for that session [§ 42], unless the regular chairman returns, which would terminate that position.

The chairman sometimes calls a member to the chair, and himself takes part in the debate. But this should rarely be done, and nothing can justify it in a case where much feeling is shown, and there is a liability to difficulty in preserving order. If the chairman has even the appearance of being a partisan, he loses much of his ability to control those who are on the opposite side of the question.* [The unfortunate habit many chairmen have of constantly speaking upon questions before the assembly, even interrupting the member who has the floor, is unjustified by either the common parliamentary law, or the practice of Congress. One who expects to take an active part in debate should never accept the chair. “It is a general rule, in all deliberative assemblies, that the presiding officer shall not participate in the debate, or other proceedings, in any other capacity than as such officer. He is only allowed, therefore, to state matters of fact within his knowledge; to inform the assembly on points of order or the course of proceeding, when called upon for that purpose, or when he finds it necessary to do so; and on appeals from his decision on questions of order, to address the assembly in debate.” [Cushing’s Manual, page 106.] “Though the Speaker [chairman] may of right speak to matters of order and be first heard, he is restrained from speaking on any other subject except where the assembly have occasion for facts within his knowledge; then he may, with their leave, state the matter of fact.” [Jefferson’s Manual, sec. xvii, and Barclay’s “Digest of the Rules and Practice of the House of Representatives, U. S.,” page 195.]]

The chairman sometimes calls a member to take the chair and participates in the debate. However, this should happen only rarely, and it can't be justified if there are strong emotions involved or if it's likely to create trouble in maintaining order. If the chairman appears to favor one side, it reduces their ability to manage those on the opposing side of the issue.* [The unfortunate tendency of many chairmen to frequently speak on matters before the assembly, even interrupting the member who has the floor, is not supported by parliamentary law or Congressional practice. Anyone who intends to participate actively in the debate should never accept the chair. "It's a general rule in all deliberative assemblies that the presiding officer should not engage in the debate or other proceedings in any capacity other than as the chairperson. They are only allowed to state facts within their knowledge, inform the assembly about points of order or procedural matters when asked, or when necessary; and on appeals from their decisions on questions of order, they may address the assembly in debate." [Cushing’s Manual, page 106.] "While the Speaker [chairman] may rightfully speak on matters of order and be the first to be heard, they are restricted from discussing any other topics unless the assembly needs facts that they possess; in that case, they may, with permission, state the facts." [Jefferson’s Manual, sec. xvii, and Barclay’s “Digest of the Rules and Practice of the House of Representatives, U. S.,” page 195.]]

The chairman should not only be familiar with parliamentary usage, and set the example of strict conformity to it, but he should be aman of executive ability, capable of controlling men; and it should never be forgotten, that, to control others, it is necessary to control one’s self. An excited chairman can scarcely fail to cause trouble in a meeting.

The chairperson should not only know how to run meetings and set a good example by following the rules, but also be someone with leadership skills who can manage people effectively. It’s important to remember that in order to lead others, you must first be able to lead yourself. An overly excited chairperson is likely to create issues during a meeting.

A chairman will often find himself perplexed with the difficulties attending his position, and in such cases he will do well to heed the advice of a distinguished writer on parliamentary law, and recollect that—“The great purpose of all rules and forms, is to subserve the will of the assembly, rather than to restrain it; to facilitate, and not to obstruct, the expression of their deliberate sense.”

A chairman often finds himself confused by the challenges of his role, and in those situations, he should take the advice of a well-known writer on parliamentary law and remember that—“The main goal of all rules and procedures is to support the will of the group, not to limit it; to make it easier, not harder, to express their considered opinions.”

41. Clerk or Secretary [and the Minutes]. The recording officer is usually called the “Clerk” or “Secretary,”* [When there are two secretaries, he is termed the “recording secretary,” and the other one, the “corresponding secretary.” In many societies the secretary, besides acting as recording officer, collects the dues of members, and thus becomes to a certain extent a financial officer. In most cases the treasurer acts as banker, only paying on the order of the society, signed by the secretary alone, or by the president and secretary. In such cases the secretary becomes in reality the financial officer of the society, and should make reports to the society, of funds received and from what sources, and of the funds expended and for what purposes. See § 52 for his duties as financial officer.] and the record of proceedings the “Minutes.” His desk should be near that of the chairman, and in the absence of the chairman, (if there is no vice president present) when the hour for opening the session arrives, it is his duty to call the meeting to order, and to preside until the election of a chairman pro tem., which should be done immediately. He should keep a record of the proceedings, commencing in a form similar to the following :** [See Clerk and Minutes in Part II, § 51.]

41. Clerk or Secretary [and the Minutes]. The recording officer is usually called the “Clerk” or “Secretary,”* [When there are two secretaries, one is referred to as the “recording secretary,” and the other as the “corresponding secretary.” In many organizations, the secretary not only acts as the recording officer but also collects membership dues, effectively making them a financial officer to some extent. Typically, the treasurer serves as the bank, only paying out money based on orders from the society, signed either by the secretary alone or by both the president and secretary. In such instances, the secretary effectively becomes the financial officer of the society and should report to the society on funds received, including their sources, as well as the funds spent and their purposes. See § 52 for their duties as financial officer.] and the record of proceedings is called the “Minutes.” Their desk should be positioned close to the chairman's, and in the absence of the chairman (if there is no vice president present) when it’s time to start the session, it's their responsibility to call the meeting to order and preside until a temporary chairman is elected, which should happen right away. They should keep a record of the proceedings, beginning with a format similar to the following:** [See Clerk and Minutes in Part II, § 51.]

“At a regular quarterly meeting of [state the name of the society] held on the 31st day of March, 1875, at [state the place of meeting], the President in the chair, the minutes were read by the clerk and approved.” If the regular clerk is absent, insert after the words “in the chair,” the following: “The clerk being absent, Robert Smith was appointed clerk pro tem. The minutes were then read and approved.” If the minutes were not read, say “the reading of the minutes was dispensed with.” The above form will show the essentials, which are as follows: (a) The kind of meeting, “regular” [or stated] or “special,” or “adjourned regular,” or “adjourned special;” (6) name of the assembly; (c) date and place of meeting (excepting when the place is always the same); (d) the fact of the presence of the regular chairman and clerk, or in their absence the names of their substitutes; (e) whether the minutes of the previous meeting were approved.

“At a regular quarterly meeting of [state the name of the society] held on March 31, 1875, at [state the place of meeting], with the President in the chair, the clerk read the minutes and they were approved.” If the regular clerk is absent, insert after the words “in the chair,” the following: “The clerk being absent, Robert Smith was appointed clerk pro tem. The minutes were then read and approved.” If the minutes were not read, say “the reading of the minutes was skipped.” The above form will cover the essentials, which are as follows: (a) The type of meeting, “regular” [or stated] or “special,” or “adjourned regular,” or “adjourned special;” (b) name of the assembly; (c) date and place of meeting (unless the place is always the same); (d) the presence of the regular chairman and clerk, or if they’re absent, the names of their substitutes; (e) whether the minutes of the previous meeting were approved.

The minutes should be signed by the person who acted as clerk for that meeting: in some societies the chairman must also sign them. When published, they should be signed by both officers.

The minutes should be signed by the person who served as the clerk for that meeting; in some organizations, the chairman must also sign them. When published, they should be signed by both officers.

In keeping the minutes much depends upon the kind of meeting, and whether the minutes are to be published. If they are to be published, it is often of far more interest to know what was said by the leading speakers, than to know what routine business was done, and what resolutions adopted.

In taking minutes, a lot depends on the type of meeting and whether the minutes will be published. If they are to be published, it’s usually much more interesting to know what the main speakers said rather than just the routine business that was conducted and the resolutions that were passed.

In such case the duties of the secretary are arduous, and he should have at least one assistant. In ordinary society meetings and meetings of Boards of Managers and Trustees, on the contrary, there is no object in reporting the debates; the duty of the clerk, in such cases, is mainly to record what is “done” by the assembly, not what is said by the members. Without there is a rule to the contrary, he should enter every Principal motion [§ 6] that is before the assembly, whether it is adopted or rejected; and where there is a division [see Voting, § 38], or where the vote is by ballot, he should enter the number of votes on each side; and when the voting is by yeas and nays [§ 38], he should enter a list of the names of those voting on each side. He should endorse on the reports of committees, the date of their reception, and what further action was taken upon them, and preserve them among the records, for which he is responsible. He should in the minutes make a brief summary of a report that has been agreed to, except where it contains resolutions, in which case the resolutions will be entered in full as adopted by the assembly, and not as if it was the report accepted. The proceedings of the committee of the whole [§ 32], or while acting informally [§ 33], should not be entered on the minutes. Before an adjournment without day, it is customary to read over the minutes for approval, if the next meeting of the board or society will not occur for a long period. Where the regular meetings are not separated by too great a time, the minutes are read at the next meeting.

In this case, the secretary's responsibilities are demanding, and they should have at least one assistant. In regular society meetings and meetings of Boards of Managers and Trustees, there's no point in reporting the discussions; the clerk's job is mainly to record what the assembly "does," not what its members say. Unless there's a rule to the contrary, they should enter every main motion [§ 6] that comes before the assembly, whether it's approved or rejected; and in cases of division [see Voting, § 38], or when voting is done by ballot, they should note the number of votes on each side; when voting is by yeas and nays [§ 38], they should list the names of those voting for each side. They should write the date of receipt on committee reports and note any further actions taken on them, keeping them in the records for which they are responsible. In the minutes, they should provide a brief summary of any report that has been accepted, except when it includes resolutions, in which case the resolutions will be recorded in full as adopted by the assembly, and not as if it were just the accepted report. The discussions of the committee of the whole [§ 32], or when acting informally [§ 33], should not be included in the minutes. Before adjourning without a set date, it’s customary to read the minutes for approval, especially if a long time will pass before the next meeting of the board or society. When regular meetings are not spaced too far apart, the minutes are read at the next meeting.

The clerk should, previous to each meeting, for the use of the chairman, make out an order of business [§ 44], showing in their exact order what is necessarily to come before the assembly. He should also have at each meeting a list of all standing committees, and such select committees as are in existence at the time. When a committee is appointed, he should hand the names of the committee and all papers referred to it to the chairman, or some other of its members.

The clerk should, before each meeting, prepare an agenda for the chairman, listing in the precise order the items that need to be addressed by the assembly. He should also have a list of all standing committees and any select committees that are active at that time. When a committee is formed, he should give the names of the committee members and any related documents to the chairman or another member of the committee.

Art. VIII. Miscellaneous.
[§§ 42-45.]

42. A Session of an assembly is a meeting* [See definitions in Introduction for the distinction between “meeting” and “session.”] which, though it may last for days, is virtually one meeting, as a session of a Convention; or even months, as a session of Congress; it terminates by an “adjournment without day.” The intermediate adjournments from day to day, or the recesses taken during the day, do not destroy the continuity of the meeting—they in reality constitute one session. In the case of a permanent society, having regular meetings every week, month, or year, for example, each meeting constitutes a separate session of the society, which session however can be prolonged by adjourning to another day.

42. A session of an assembly is a meeting* [See definitions in the Introduction for the distinction between “meeting” and “session.”] that, even if it lasts for days, is essentially considered one meeting, similar to a session of a Convention; or even months, like a session of Congress; it concludes with an “adjournment without day.” The breaks taken from day to day, or the pauses during the day, do not disrupt the continuity of the meeting—they actually form one session. In the case of a permanent society that holds regular meetings every week, month, or year, for instance, each meeting is a separate session of the society, but that session can be extended by adjourning to another day.

If a principal motion [§ 6] is indefinitely postponed or rejected at one session, while it cannot be introduced again at the same session [see Renewal of a Motion, § 26], it can be at the next, without it is prohibited by a rule of the assembly.

If a main motion [§ 6] is postponed indefinitely or rejected in one session, it can't be brought up again in the same session [see Renewal of a Motion, § 26], but it can be introduced in the next session unless a rule of the assembly prevents it.

No one session of the assembly can interfere with the rights of the assembly at any future session,* [Any one session can adopt a rule or resolution of a permanent nature, and it continues in force until at some future session it is rescinded. But these Standing Rules, as they are termed, do not interfere with future sessions, because at any moment a majority can suspend or rescind them, or adopt new ones.] without it is expressly so provided in their Constitution, Bylaws, or Rules of Order, all of which are so guarded (by requiring notice of amendments, and at least a two-thirds vote for their adoption) that they are not subject to sudden changes, but may be considered as expressing the deliberate views of the whole society, rather than the opinions or wishes of any particular meeting. Thus, if the presiding officer were ill, it would not be competent for one session of the assembly to elect a chairman to hold office longer than that session, as it cannot control or dictate to the next session of the assembly. By going through the prescribed routine of an election to fill the vacancy, giving whatever notice is required, it could then legally elect a chairman to hold office while the vacancy lasted. So it is improper for an assembly to postpone anything to a day beyond the next succeeding session, and thus attempt to prevent the next session from considering the question. On the other hand, it is not permitted to move a reconsideration [§ 27] of a vote taken at a previous session [though the motion to reconsider can be called up, provided it was made at the last meeting of the previous session.] Committees can be appointed to report at a future session.

No one meeting of the assembly can affect the rights of the assembly at any future meeting,* [Any meeting can establish a rule or resolution that lasts permanently, and it remains in effect until it is revoked at a future meeting. However, these Standing Rules, as they are called, do not limit future meetings, because at any time a majority can pause or revoke them or adopt new ones.] unless it's specifically stated in their Constitution, Bylaws, or Rules of Order, all of which are carefully protected (by requiring notice of amendments and at least a two-thirds vote for their approval) so that they aren’t easily changed, but rather reflect the considered opinions of the entire group, instead of the preferences of any single meeting. Therefore, if the presiding officer were unavailable, one meeting of the assembly couldn’t appoint a chairman to serve beyond that meeting, as it cannot control or direct the next meeting of the assembly. By following the established process for an election to fill the vacancy, giving any necessary notice, it could then legally elect a chairman to serve during the time the vacancy exists. Thus, it is inappropriate for an assembly to defer any issues to a day after the next scheduled meeting, attempting to block the next meeting from addressing the matter. On the other hand, it's not allowed to move for a reconsideration [§ 27] of a decision made at a prior meeting [though the motion to reconsider can be brought up, as long as it was proposed at the last meeting of the previous session.] Committees can be formed to report at a future meeting.

Note On Session—In Congress, and in fact all legislative bodies, the limits of the sessions are clearly defined; but in ordinary societies having a permanent existence, with regular meetings more or less frequent, there appears to be a great deal of confusion upon the subject. Any society is competent to decide what shall constitute one of its sessions, but, where there is no rule on the subject, the common parliamentary law would make each of its regular or special meetings a separate session, as they are regarded in this Manual.

Note On Session—In Congress, and in fact all legislative bodies, the limits of the sessions are clearly defined; but in ordinary societies with a permanent existence and regular meetings that happen with some frequency, there seems to be a lot of confusion regarding this topic. Any society can decide what constitutes one of its sessions, but when there are no rules on the matter, the common parliamentary law considers each of its regular or special meetings as a separate session, as noted in this Manual.

The disadvantages of a rule making a session include all the meetings of an ordinary society, held during a long time as one year, are very great. [Examine Indefinitely Postpone, § 24, and Renewal of a Motion, § 26.] If members of any society take advantage of the freedom allowed by considering each regular meeting a separate session, and repeatedly renew obnoxious or unprofitable motions, the society can adopt a rule prohibiting the second introduction of any principal question [§ 6] within, say, three or six months after its rejection, or indefinite postponement, or after the society has refused to consider it. But generally it is better to suppress the motion by refusing to consider it [§ 15].

The downsides of a rule that treats a session as lasting all the meetings of an ordinary society over a long period, like a year, are significant. [See Examine Indefinitely Postpone, § 24, and Renewal of a Motion, § 26.] If members of a society exploit the flexibility of viewing each regular meeting as a separate session and keep bringing back unpleasant or unproductive motions, the society can create a rule that bars the reintroduction of any main question [§ 6] for, say, three to six months after it has been rejected, indefinitely postponed, or after the society has opted not to consider it. However, it’s usually better to stop the motion by choosing not to consider it [§ 15].

43. A Quorum of an assembly is such a number as is competent to transact its business. Without there is a special rule on the subject, the quorum of every assembly is a majority of all the members of the assembly. But whenever a society has any permanent existence, it is usual to adopt a much smaller number, the quorum being often less than one-twentieth of its members; this becomes a necessity in most large societies, where only a small fraction of the members are ever present at a meeting.* [While a quorum is competent to transact any business, it is usually not expedient to transact important business without there is a fair attendance at the meeting, or else previous notice of such action has been given.]

43. A quorum of an assembly is the number of members needed to conduct its business. Unless there's a specific rule about it, the quorum for any assembly is a majority of all its members. However, in societies that have a permanent existence, it's common to set a much smaller number, with the quorum often being less than one-twentieth of its members. This becomes necessary in larger societies, where only a small percentage of members are usually present at a meeting.* [While a quorum can handle any business, it's generally not wise to deal with important matters unless there's a decent turnout at the meeting or prior notice of the actions has been given.]

The Chairman should not take the chair till a quorum is present, except where there is no hope of there being a quorum, and then no business can be transacted, except simply to adjourn. So whenever during the meeting there is found not to be a quorum present, the only thing to be done is to adjourn—though if no question is raised about it, the debate can be continued, but no vote taken, except to adjourn.

The Chairman should not begin the meeting until a quorum is present, unless it's clear that a quorum won't be achieved, in which case no business can be conducted, except to adjourn. So, whenever it’s discovered that a quorum is not present during the meeting, the only action that can be taken is to adjourn. However, if no one raises a question about it, the discussion can continue, but no votes can be taken, except to adjourn.

In committee of the whole, the quorum is the same as in the assembly; in any other committee the majority is a quorum, without the assembly order otherwise, and it must wait for a quorum before proceeding to business. If the number afterwards should be reduced below a quorum, business is not interrupted, unless a member calls attention to the fact; but no question can be decided except when a quorum is present. Boards of Trustees, Managers, Directors, etc., are on the same footing as committees, in regard to a quorum. Their power is delegated to them as a body, and what number shall be present in order that they may act as a Board, is to be decided by the society that appoints the Board. If no quorum is specified, then a majority constitutes a quorum.

In a committee of the whole, the quorum is the same as in the assembly; in any other committee, a majority is a quorum, unless the assembly decides otherwise, and it must wait for a quorum before starting any business. If the number later drops below a quorum, business doesn't stop unless a member points it out; however, no decisions can be made unless a quorum is present. Boards of Trustees, Managers, Directors, etc., are treated the same as committees when it comes to quorum. Their authority is given to them as a group, and the number required for them to act as a Board is determined by the society that appoints the Board. If no quorum is specified, a majority makes up the quorum.

44. Order of Business. It is customary for every society having a permanent existence, to adopt an order of business for its meetings. When no rule has been adopted, the following is the order:

44. Order of Business. It's standard for every organization with a lasting presence to establish a meeting agenda. If no specific rules are set, the following order applies:

(1) Reading the Minutes of the previous meeting [and their approval].
(2) Reports of Standing Committees.
(3) Reports of Select Committees.
(4) Unfinished Business.
(5) New Business.

(1) Reading and approving the minutes from the last meeting.
(2) Reports from Standing Committees.
(3) Reports from Select Committees.
(4) Ongoing Business.
(5) New Business.

Boards of Managers, Trustees, etc., come under the head of standing committees. Questions that have been postponed from a previous meeting, come under the head of unfinished business; and if a subject has been made a “special order” for the day, it shall take precedence of all business except reading the minutes. If it is desired to transact business out of its order, it is necessary to suspend the rules [§ 18], which can only be done by a two-thirds vote; but as each subject comes up, a majority can at once lay it on the table [§ 19], and thus reach any question which they desire to first dispose of.

Boards of Managers, Trustees, etc., fall under the category of standing committees. Questions that were postponed from a previous meeting fall under unfinished business; and if a topic has been designated as a “special order” for the day, it takes priority over all other business except reading the minutes. If there's a desire to handle business out of order, it's necessary to suspend the rules [§ 18], which can only happen with a two-thirds vote; however, as each topic arises, a majority can immediately table it [§ 19], allowing the group to address any question they want to deal with first.

The order of business, in considering any report or proposition containing several paragraphs,* [No vote should be taken on the adoption of the several paragraphs,—one vote being taken finally on the adoption of the whole paper. By not adopting separately the different paragraphs, it is in order, after they have all been amended, to go back and amend any of them still further. In committee a similar paper would be treated the same way [see § 30]. In § 48 (b) an illustration is given of the practical application of this section.] is as follows:

The agenda for reviewing any report or proposal with multiple paragraphs is as follows:* [No separate votes should be taken on each paragraph—there will only be one final vote on the entire document. By not voting on the paragraphs individually, it allows for further amendments to any of them after all have been revised. A similar document would be handled the same way in committee [see § 30]. § 48 (b) provides an example of how this section is practically applied.]

The whole paper should be read entirely through by the clerk; then the Chairman should read it by paragraphs, pausing at the end of each, and asking, “Are there any amendments proposed to this paragraph?” If none are offered, he says, “No amendments being offered to this paragraph, the next will be read;” he then reads the next, and proceeds thus to the last paragraph, when he states that the whole report or resolutions have been read, and are open to amendment. He finally puts the question on agreeing to or adopting the whole paper as amended. If there is a preamble it should be read after the last paragraph.

The clerk should read the entire paper first. Then, the Chairman will read it paragraph by paragraph, pausing at the end of each one to ask, “Are there any proposed amendments to this paragraph?” If no amendments are suggested, he will say, “No amendments being offered to this paragraph, we will move on to the next.” He continues this way until the last paragraph, at which point he will announce that the entire report or resolutions have been read and are open for amendments. Finally, he will ask whether to agree to or adopt the whole paper as amended. If there is a preamble, it should be read after the last paragraph.

If the paper has been reported back by a committee with amendments, the clerk reads only the amendments, and the Chairman then reads the first and puts it to the question, and so on till all the amendments are adopted or rejected, admitting amendments to the committee’s amendments, but no others. When through with the committee’s amendments, the Chairman pauses for any other amendments to be proposed by the assembly; and when these are voted on, he puts the question on agreeing to or adopting the paper as amended. Where the resolutions have been just read by the member presenting them, the reading by the clerk is usually dispensed with without the formality of a vote. By “suspending the rules” [§ 18], or by general consent, a report can be at once adopted without following any of the above routine.

If the paper has come back from a committee with changes, the clerk only reads out the changes. Then the Chairman reads the first one and puts it to a vote, and this continues until all the changes are either accepted or rejected, allowing changes to the committee's changes, but no others. Once the committee's changes are done, the Chairman pauses for any other changes to be suggested by the assembly; after those are voted on, he puts the question to agree on or adopt the paper as amended. If the resolutions have just been read by the member presenting them, the clerk's reading is usually skipped without needing a formal vote. By “suspending the rules” [§ 18] or by general consent, a report can be adopted immediately without going through the usual process.

45. Amendments of Rules of Order. These rules can be amended at any regular meeting of the assembly, by a two-thirds vote of the members present, provided the amendment was submitted in writing at the previous regular meeting. And no amendment to Constitutions or By-Laws shall be permitted, without at least equal notice and a two-thirds vote.* [Constitutions, By-Laws and Rules of Order should always prohibit their being amended by less than a two-thirds vote, and without previous notice of the amendment being given. If the By-Laws should contain rules that it may be desirable to occasionally suspend, then they should state how they can be suspended, just as is done in these Rules of Order, § 18. If there is no such rule it is impossible to suspend any rule, if a single member objects.

45. Changes to Rules of Order. These rules can be changed at any regular meeting of the assembly with a two-thirds vote from the members present, as long as the proposed change was submitted in writing at the previous regular meeting. No changes to the Constitutions or By-Laws will be allowed without giving at least equal notice and obtaining a two-thirds vote.* [Constitutions, By-Laws, and Rules of Order should always make it clear that amendments cannot be made with less than a two-thirds vote and without prior notice of the amendment. If the By-Laws include rules that it might be beneficial to occasionally suspend, they should outline how they can be suspended, similar to what's stated in these Rules of Order, § 18. Without such a rule, it's not possible to suspend any rule if even one member objects.]

PART II.
ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.*

[The exact words used by the chairman or member, are in many cases in quotations. It is not to be inferred that these are the only forms permitted, but that these forms are proper and common. They are inserted for the benefit of those unaccustomed to parliamentary forms, and are sufficiently numerous for ordinary meetings.]

[The exact words used by the chairman or member are often in quotes. This doesn't mean these are the only acceptable ways to speak; rather, these expressions are both proper and common. They're included to help those who are not familiar with parliamentary procedures, and there are enough examples for regular meetings.]

Art. IX. Organization and Meetings.
[§§ 46-49.]

46. An Occasional or Mass Meeting. (a) Organization. When a meeting is held which is not one of an organized society, shortly after the time appointed for the meeting, some member of the assembly steps forward and says: “The meeting will please come to order; I move that Mr. A. act as chairman of this meeting.” Some one else says, “I second the motion.” The first member then puts the question to vote, by saying, “It has been moved and seconded that Mr. A. act as chairman of this meeting; those in favor of the motion will say aye,” and when the affirmative vote is taken, he says, “those opposed will say no.” If the majority vote in the affirmative, he says, “The motion is carried; Mr. A. will take the chair.” If the motion is lost, he announces that fact, and calls for the nomination of some one else for chairman, and proceeds with the new nomination as in the first case.* [Sometimes a member nominates a chairman and no vote is taken, the assembly signifying their approval by acclamation. The member who calls the meeting to order, instead of making the motion himself, may act as temporary chairman, and say: “The meeting will please come to order: will some one nominate a chairman?” He puts the question to vote on the nomination as described above. In large assemblies, the member who nominates, with one other member, frequently conducts the presiding officer to the chair, and the chairman makes a short speech, thanking the assembly for the honor conferred on him.]

46. An Occasional or Mass Meeting. (a) Organization. When a meeting is called that is not part of a formal organization, shortly after the designated time, a member steps up and says, “The meeting will come to order; I nominate Mr. A. to be the chairman.” Another member responds, “I second the motion.” The first member then asks for a vote by saying, “It has been moved and seconded that Mr. A. serve as chairman; those in favor, please say aye.” After the affirmative votes are collected, he continues, “Those opposed, say no.” If the majority vote yes, he announces, “The motion is carried; Mr. A. will take the chair.” If the motion fails, he announces that outcome and invites nominations for a different chairman, proceeding with the new nomination just like the first time. *[Sometimes, a member may nominate a chairman without a vote, and the assembly shows their approval by acclamation. The member who calls the meeting to order may serve as temporary chairman instead of making the motion themselves and say: “The meeting will come to order: will someone nominate a chairman?” He then asks for a vote on the nomination as described above. In larger meetings, the member who makes the nomination, along with another member, often escorts the presiding officer to the chair, and the chairman gives a short speech thanking the assembly for the honor.]

When Mr. A. takes the chair, he says, “The first business in order is the election of a secretary.” Some one then makes a motion as just described, or he says “I nominate Mr. B,” when the chairman puts the question as before. Sometimes several names are called out, and the chairman, as he hears them, says, “Mr. B. is nominated; Mr. C. is nominated,” etc; he then takes a vote on the first one he heard, putting the question thus: “As many as are in favor of Mr. B. acting as secretary of this meeting, will say aye;—those opposed will say no.” If the motion is lost the question is put on Mr. C., and so on, till some one is elected. In large meetings the secretary takes his seat near the chairman: he should in all cases keep a record of the proceedings as described in § 51.

When Mr. A. takes the chair, he says, “The first item on the agenda is the election of a secretary.” Someone then makes a motion as mentioned, or they might say, “I nominate Mr. B,” at which point the chairman asks the question as before. Sometimes, several names are suggested, and the chairman, as he hears them, states, “Mr. B. is nominated; Mr. C. is nominated,” etc.; he then takes a vote on the first name he heard, asking: “All those in favor of Mr. B. serving as secretary for this meeting, say aye; those opposed, say no.” If the motion doesn’t pass, the question is put on Mr. C., and so on, until someone is elected. In larger meetings, the secretary sits near the chairman; they should always keep a record of the proceedings as outlined in § 51.

(b) Adoption of Resolutions. These two officers are all that are usually necessary for a meeting; so, when the secretary is elected, the chairman asks, “What is the further pleasure of the meeting?” If the meeting is merely a public assembly called together to consider some special subject, it is customary at this stage of the proceedings for some one to offer a series of resolutions previously prepared, or else to move the appointment of a committee to prepare resolutions upon the subject. In the first case he rises and says, “Mr. Chairman;” the chairman responds, “Mr. C.” Mr. C., having thus obtained the floor, then says, “I move the adoption of the following resolutions,” which he then reads and hands to the chairman;* [The practice in legislative bodies, is to send to the clerk’s desk all resolutions, bills, etc., the title of the bill and the name of the member introducing it, being endorsed on each. In such bodies, however, there are several clerks and only one chairman. In many assemblies there is but one clerk or secretary, and, as he has to keep the minutes, there is no reason for his being constantly interrupted to read every resolution offered. In such assemblies, without there is a rule or established custom to the contrary, it is allowable, and frequently much better, to hand all resolutions, reports, etc., directly to the chairman. If they were read by the member introducing them, and no one calls for another reading, the chairman can omit reading them when be thinks they are fully understood. In reference to the manner of reading and stating the question, when the resolution contains several paragraphs, see Rules of Order, § 44.] some one else says, “I second the motion.” The chairman sometimes directs the secretary to read the resolutions again, after which he says, “The question is on the adoption of the resolutions just read,” and if no one rises immediately, he adds, “Are you ready for the question?” If no one then rises, he says, “As many as are in favor of the adoption of the resolutions just read, will say aye;” after the ayes have voted, he says, “As many as are of a contrary opinion will say no;” he then announces the result of the vote as follows: “The motion is carried—the resolutions are adopted,” or, “The ayes have it—the resolutions are adopted.”

(b) Adoption of Resolutions. These two officers are usually all that's needed for a meeting. So, when the secretary is elected, the chairman asks, “What else would you like to discuss?” If the meeting is just a public gathering called to talk about a specific topic, it’s common at this point for someone to propose a set of resolutions that have been prepared in advance or to suggest setting up a committee to draft resolutions on the topic. In the first case, the person stands and says, “Mr. Chairman;” the chairman replies, “Mr. C.” Mr. C. now has the floor and says, “I move to adopt the following resolutions,” which he then reads and hands to the chairman;* [In legislative bodies, all resolutions, bills, etc., are sent to the clerk’s desk, with the title of the bill and the name of the member introducing it noted on each. However, in these bodies, there are several clerks and only one chairman. In many assemblies, there’s only one clerk or secretary, who needs to keep the minutes; there's no need to interrupt him constantly to read every resolution proposed. In such assemblies, unless there’s a rule or established custom against it, it’s acceptable and often much better to hand all resolutions, reports, etc., directly to the chairman. If they are read by the member introducing them and no one asks for another reading, the chairman can skip reading them again if he believes everyone understands them. Regarding how to read and state the question when the resolution includes multiple paragraphs, see Rules of Order, § 44.] Someone else then says, “I second the motion.” Sometimes, the chairman asks the secretary to read the resolutions again, after which he says, “The question is on adopting the resolutions just read,” and if no one speaks up right away, he adds, “Are you ready for the question?” If there’s still no response, he says, “All in favor of adopting the resolutions just read, say aye;” after the ayes have voted, he says, “Those opposed will say no;” he then announces the result of the vote, saying, “The motion is carried—the resolutions are adopted,” or, “The ayes have it—the resolutions are adopted.”

(c) Committee to draft Resolutions. If it is preferred to appoint a committee to draft resolutions, a member, after he has addressed the Chair and been recognized, says, “I move that a committee be appointed to draft resolutions expressive of the sense of this meeting on,” etc., adding the subject for which the meeting was called. This motion being seconded, the Chairman states the question [§ 67] and asks, “Are you ready for the question?” If no one rises, he puts the question, announces the result, and, if it is carried, he asks, “Of how many shall the committee consist?” If only one number is suggested, he announces that the committee will consist of that number; if several numbers are suggested, he states the different ones and then takes a vote on each, beginning with the largest, until one number is selected.

(c) Committee to Draft Resolutions. If you want to appoint a committee to create resolutions, a member, after addressing the Chair and being recognized, says, “I move that a committee be appointed to draft resolutions that express the views of this meeting on,” etc., adding the topic for which the meeting was called. Once this motion is seconded, the Chairman states the question [§ 67] and asks, “Are you ready to vote?” If no one stands up, he puts the question, announces the result, and if it passes, he asks, “How many members should be on the committee?” If only one number is suggested, he declares that the committee will consist of that number; if multiple numbers are suggested, he lists them and then takes a vote on each, starting with the largest, until one number is chosen.

He then inquires, “How shall the committee be appointed?” This is usually decided without the formality of a vote. The committee may be “appointed” by the Chair—in which case the chairman names the committee and no vote is taken; or the committee may be “nominated” by the Chair, or the members of the assembly (no member naming more than one, except by unanimous consent), and then the assembly vote on their appointment. When the chairman nominates, after stating the names he puts one question on the entire committee, thus: “As many as are in favor of these gentlemen constituting the committee, will say aye.” If nominations are made by members of the assembly, and more names mentioned than the number of the committee, a separate vote should be taken on each name. (In a mass meeting it is safer to have all committees appointed by the chairman.)

He then asks, “How will the committee be set up?” This is usually determined without a formal vote. The committee can be “appointed” by the Chair—in which case the chairperson names the committee and there’s no vote; or the committee can be “nominated” by the Chair or the members of the assembly (no member can name more than one, except with unanimous consent), and then the assembly votes on their appointment. When the chairperson nominates, they put one question to the entire committee after stating the names: “All in favor of these individuals making up the committee, please say aye.” If nominations are made by assembly members and more names are mentioned than there are positions on the committee, a separate vote should be taken on each name. (In a large meeting, it’s safer to have all committees appointed by the chairperson.)

When the committee are appointed they should at once retire and agree upon a report, which should be written out as described in § 53. During their absence other business may be attended to, or the time may be occupied with hearing addresses. Upon their return the chairman of the committee (who is the one first named on the committee, and who quite commonly, though not necessarily, is the one who made the motion to appoint the committee), avails himself of the first opportunity to obtain the floor,* [See Rules of Order, § 2.] when he says, “The committee appointed to draft resolutions, are prepared to report.” The chairman tells him that the assembly will now hear the report, which is then read by the chairman of the committee, and handed to the presiding officer, upon which the committee is dissolved without any action of the assembly.

When the committee is appointed, they should immediately leave to agree on a report, which should be written out as described in § 53. While they are away, other business can be addressed or the time can be filled with speeches. When they return, the chairman of the committee (who is the first named on the committee and usually, but not always, the one who made the motion to appoint the committee) takes the first chance to speak,* [See Rules of Order, § 2.] and says, “The committee appointed to draft resolutions is ready to report.” The chairman tells him that the assembly will now hear the report, which is then read by the chairman of the committee and given to the presiding officer, after which the committee is dissolved without any action from the assembly.

A member then moves the “adoption” or “acceptance” of the report, or that “the resolutions be agreed to,” which motions have the same effect if carried, namely, to make the resolutions the resolutions of the assembly just as if the committee had had nothing to do with them.* [A very common error is, after a report has been read, to move that it be received; whereas, the fact that it has been read, shows that it has been already received by the assembly. Another mistake, less common but dangerous, is to vote that the report be accepted which is equivalent to adopting it), when the intention is only to have the report up for consideration and afterwards move its adoption.]

A member then moves to “adopt” or “accept” the report, or that “the resolutions be agreed to,” which motions have the same effect if passed: to make the resolutions officially the assembly's, just as if the committee had nothing to do with them.* [A very common mistake is, after a report has been read, to move that it be received; however, the fact that it has been read shows that it has already been received by the assembly. Another mistake, less common but serious, is to vote that the report be accepted (which is equivalent to adopting it) when the intention is only to have the report discussed first and then move for its adoption.]

When one of these motions is made, the chairman acts as stated above when the resolutions were offered by a member. If it is not desired to immediately adopt the resolutions, they can be debated, modified, their consideration postponed, etc., as explained in §§ 55-63.

When a motion is made, the chairman acts as described earlier when the resolutions were introduced by a member. If there’s no wish to adopt the resolutions right away, they can be debated, modified, postponed for later consideration, etc., as explained in §§ 55-63.

When through with the business for which the assembly were convened, or when from any other cause it is desirable to close the meeting, some one moves “to adjourn;” if the motion is carried and no other time for meeting has been appointed, the chairman says, “The motion is carried; —this assembly stands adjourned without day.” [Another method by which the meeting may be conducted is shown in § 48.]

When the assembly has finished the business for which it was called, or if there's another reason to end the meeting, someone will move “to adjourn.” If the motion passes and no other meeting time has been set, the chair will say, “The motion is carried; this assembly stands adjourned indefinitely.” [Another method for conducting the meeting is detailed in § 48.]

(d) Additional Officers. If more officers are required than a chairman and secretary, they can be appointed before introducing the resolutions, in the manner described for those officers; or the assembly can first form a temporary organization in the manner already described, only adding “pro tem.” to the title of the officers, thus: “chairman pro tem.” In this latter case, as soon as the secretary pro tem. is elected, a committee is appointed to nominate the permanent officers, as in the case of a convention [§ 47]. Frequently the presiding officer is called the President, and sometimes there is a large number of Vice Presidents appointed for mere complimentary purposes. The Vice Presidents in large formal meetings, sit on the platform beside the President, and in his absence, or when he vacates the chair, the first on the list that is present should take the chair.

(d) Additional Officers. If more officers are needed beyond a chairman and secretary, they can be appointed before introducing the resolutions, just like the other officers; or the assembly can first create a temporary organization as previously described, just adding “pro tem.” to the officers' titles, like “chairman pro tem.” In this case, as soon as the secretary pro tem. is elected, a committee is organized to nominate the permanent officers, similar to what happens in a convention [§ 47]. Often, the presiding officer is referred to as the President, and sometimes many Vice Presidents are appointed for honorary reasons. The Vice Presidents in large formal meetings sit on the platform next to the President, and in their absence, or when they leave the chair, the first one on the list who is present should take over.

47. Meeting of a Convention or Assembly of Delegates. If the members of the assembly have been elected or appointed as members, it becomes necessary to know who are properly members of the assembly and entitled to vote, before the permanent organization is effected. In this case a temporary organization is made, as already described, by the election of a chairman and secretary “pro tem.,” when the chairman announces, “The next business in order is the appointment of a committee on credentials.” A motion may then be made covering the entire case, thus: “I move that a committee of three on the credentials of members be appointed by the Chair, and that the committee report as soon as practicable;” or they may include only one of these details, thus: “I move that a committee be appointed on the credentials of members.” In either case the Chair proceeds as already described in the cases of committees on resolutions [§ 46, (c)].

47. Meeting of a Convention or Assembly of Delegates. If the members of the assembly have been elected or appointed, it's important to identify who is officially part of the assembly and eligible to vote before establishing a permanent organization. In this situation, a temporary organization is created, as previously explained, by electing a chairperson and secretary “pro tem,” after which the chairperson states, “The next item on the agenda is the appointment of a credentials committee.” A motion can then be proposed that covers the entire matter, such as: “I move that the Chair appoint a committee of three to verify the credentials of members and that the committee report as soon as possible”; or they may focus on just one of these aspects, saying: “I move that a committee be appointed to verify the credentials of members.” In either scenario, the Chair continues as outlined in the earlier discussions of committees on resolutions [§ 46, (c)].

On the motion to accept the report of the committee, none can vote except those reported by the committee as having proper credentials. The committee, beside reporting a list of members with proper credentials, may report doubtful or contested cases, with recommendations, which the assembly may adopt, or reject, or postpone, etc. Only members whose right to their seats is undisputed, can vote.

On the motion to accept the committee's report, only those identified by the committee as having valid credentials can vote. In addition to providing a list of members with valid credentials, the committee can also report on questionable or disputed cases with recommendations, which the assembly can choose to adopt, reject, or postpone, etc. Only members whose right to their seats is unquestioned can vote.

The chairman, after the question of credentials is disposed of, at least for the time, announces that “The next business in order is the election of permanent officers of the assembly.” Some one then moves the appointment of a committee to nominate the officers, in a form similar to this: “I move that a committee of three be appointed by the Chair to nominate the permanent officers of this convention.” This motion is treated as already explained. When the committee make their report, some one moves “That the report of the committee be accepted and that the officers nominated be declared the officers of this convention.”* [Where there is any competition for the offices, it is better that they be elected by ballot. In this case, when the nominating committee report, a motion can be made as follows: “I move that the convention now proceed to ballot for its permanent officers;” or “I move that we now proceed to the election, by ballot, of the permanent officers of this convention.” [See Rules of Order, § 38, for balloting, and other methods of voting.] The constitutions of permanent societies usually provide that the officers shall be elected by ballot.] This motion being carried, the chairman declares the officers elected, and instantly calls the new presiding officer to the chair, and the temporary secretary is at the same time replaced. The convention is now organized for work.

The chairman, after addressing the question of credentials, at least for now, announces, “The next item on the agenda is the election of permanent officers of the assembly.” Someone then proposes the establishment of a committee to nominate the officers, phrasing it like this: “I move that the Chair appoint a committee of three to nominate the permanent officers of this convention.” This motion is handled as previously outlined. When the committee presents their report, someone moves, “That the committee’s report be accepted and that the nominated officers be declared the officers of this convention.”* [If there are any contenders for the positions, it’s better to elect them by ballot. In this case, when the nominating committee reports, a motion can be made like: “I move that the convention now proceed to ballot for its permanent officers;” or “I move that we now proceed to the election, by ballot, of the permanent officers of this convention.” [See Rules of Order, § 38, for balloting and other voting methods.] The constitutions of permanent organizations usually state that officers should be elected by ballot.] Once this motion passes, the chairman announces the officers have been elected and immediately invites the new presiding officer to take the chair, while simultaneously replacing the temporary secretary. The convention is now set to begin its work.

48. A Permanent Society. (a) First Meeting. When it is desired to form a permanent society, those interested in it should see that only the proper persons are invited to be present, at a certain time and place. It is not usual in mass meetings, or meetings called to organize a society, to commence until fifteen or thirty minutes after the appointed time, when some one steps forward and says, “The meeting will please come to order; I move that Mr. A. act as chairman of this meeting;” some one “seconds the motion,” when the one who made the motion puts it to vote (or, as it is called, “puts the question”), as already described, under an “occasional meeting” [§ 46, (a)]; and, as in that case, when the chairman is elected, he announces as the first business in order the election of a secretary.

48. A Permanent Society. (a) First Meeting. When there's a desire to create a permanent society, those interested should ensure that only the right people are invited to a specific time and place. In mass meetings or those called to organize a society, it's common to start fifteen to thirty minutes after the scheduled time. Then, someone will step up and say, “The meeting will come to order; I propose that Mr. A. serve as the chair for this meeting.” Another person will “second the motion,” and the one who made the motion will put it to a vote (or, as it's called, “put the question”), as previously outlined, under an “occasional meeting” [§ 46, (a)]; similarly, once the chair is elected, he will announce as the first business the election of a secretary.

After the secretary is elected, the chairman calls on some member who is most interested in getting up the society, to state the object of the meeting. When this member rises he says, “Mr. Chairman;” the chairman then announces his name, when the member proceeds to state the object of the meeting. Having finished his remarks, the chairman may call on other members to give their opinions upon the subject, and sometimes a particular speaker is called out by members who wish to hear him. The chairman should observe the wishes of the assembly, and while being careful not to be too strict, he must not permit any one to occupy too much time and weary the meeting.

After the secretary is elected, the chairman invites a member who is most interested in establishing the society to explain the purpose of the meeting. When this member stands up, they say, “Mr. Chairman;” the chairman then announces their name, and the member goes on to explain the purpose of the meeting. Once they finish their remarks, the chairman may ask other members to share their thoughts on the topic, and sometimes specific speakers are requested by members who want to hear them. The chairman should pay attention to the assembly's preferences, and while being careful not to be too strict, they must ensure that no one takes up too much time and fatigues the meeting.

When a sufficient time has been spent in this informal way, some one should offer a resolution, so that definite action can be taken. Those interested in getting up the meeting, if it is to be a large one, should have previously agreed upon what is to be done, and be prepared at the proper time to offer a suitable resolution, which may be in a form similar to this: “Resolved, That it is the sense of this meeting that a society for [state the object of the society] should now be formed in this city.” This resolution, when seconded, and stated by the chairman, would be open to debate and be treated as already described [§ 46, (b)]. This preliminary motion could have been offered at the commencement of the meeting, and if the meeting is a very large one, this would probably be better than to have the informal discussion.

When enough time has passed in this casual setting, someone should propose a resolution to allow for specific action. Those involved in organizing the meeting, especially if it's going to be a large one, should have previously agreed on what needs to be done and be ready to present an appropriate resolution at the right moment. This could be something like: “Resolved, that this meeting believes a society for [state the purpose of the society] should be formed in this city.” Once this resolution is seconded and read by the chair, it would be open for discussion and handled as previously described [§ 46, (b)]. This initial motion could have been presented at the start of the meeting, and if it's a very large gathering, this might be a better approach than having an informal discussion.

After this preliminary motion has been voted on, or even without waiting for such motion, one like this can be offered: “I move that a committee of five be appointed by the Chair, to draft a Constitution and By-Laws for a society for [here state the object], and that they report at an adjourned meeting of this assembly.” This motion can be amended [§ 56] by striking out and adding words, etc., and it is debatable.

After this initial motion has been voted on, or even without waiting for that vote, a motion like this can be presented: “I propose that the Chair appoint a committee of five to draft a Constitution and By-Laws for a society focused on [here state the object], and that they report back at a future meeting of this assembly.” This motion can be modified [§ 56] by removing or adding words, etc., and it can be discussed.

When this committee is appointed, the chairman may inquire, “Is there any other business to be attended to?” or, “What is the further pleasure of the meeting?” When all business is finished, a motion can be made to adjourn to meet at a certain place and time, which, when seconded, and stated by the Chair, is open to debate and amendment. It is usually better to fix the time of the next meeting [see § 63] at an earlier stage of the meeting, and then, when it is desired to close the meeting, move simply “to adjourn,” which cannot be amended or debated. When this motion is carried, the chairman says, “This meeting stands adjourned to meet at,” etc., specifying the time and place of the next meeting.

When this committee is formed, the chair may ask, “Is there any other business to discuss?” or, “What else would the meeting like to address?” Once all business is complete, a motion can be made to adjourn to a specific location and time, which, when seconded and announced by the Chair, is open for discussion and changes. It's usually best to set the next meeting's time [see § 63] earlier in the meeting, and then, when it's time to end the meeting, just move “to adjourn,” which can't be changed or discussed. When this motion passes, the chair states, “This meeting is adjourned to meet at,” etc., specifying the time and place of the next meeting.

(b) Second Meeting.* [Ordinary meetings of a society are conducted like this second meeting, the chairman, however, announcing the business in the order prescribed by the rules of the society [§ 72]. For example, after the minutes are read and approved, he would say, “The next business in order is hearing reports from the standing committees.” He may then call upon each committee in their order, for a report, thus: “Has the committee on applications for membership any report to make?” In which case the committee may report, as shown above, or some member of it reply that they have no report to make. Or, when the chairman knows that there are but few if any reports to make, it is better, after making the announcement of the business, for him to ask, “Have these committees any reports to make?” After a short pause, if no one rises to report, he states, “There being no reports from the standing committees, the next business in order is hearing the reports of select committees,” when he will act the same as in the case of the standing committees. The chairman should always have a list of the committees, to enable him to call upon them, as well as to guide him in the appointment of new committees.] At the next meeting the officers of the previous meeting, if present, serve until the permanent officers are elected. When the hour arrives for the meeting, the chairman standing, says, “The meeting will please come to order:” as soon as the assembly is seated, he adds, “The secretary will read the minutes of the last meeting.” If any one notices an error in the minutes, he can state the fact as soon as the secretary finishes reading them; if there is no objection, without waiting for a motion, the chairman directs the secretary to make the correction. The chairman then says, “If there is no objection the minutes will stand approved as read” [or “corrected,” if any corrections have been made].

(b) Second Meeting.* [Regular meetings of a society are held like this second meeting, though the chairperson announces the agenda in the order set by the society's rules [§ 72]. For example, after the minutes are read and approved, they would say, “The next item on the agenda is hearing reports from the standing committees.” They can then call on each committee in order for a report, saying, “Does the committee on membership applications have any report to share?” In this case, the committee can either report as mentioned above or a member may respond that there’s no report to give. Alternatively, when the chairperson knows that there are few or no reports, it’s better, after announcing the agenda, for them to ask, “Do these committees have any reports?” After a brief pause, if no one stands up to report, they state, “Since there are no reports from the standing committees, the next item on the agenda is hearing reports from the select committees,” and they will proceed the same way as with the standing committees. The chairperson should always have a list of committees on hand to call upon them and to help with appointing new committees.] At the next meeting, the officers from the previous meeting, if present, will continue to serve until the permanent officers are elected. When it’s time for the meeting, the chairperson, standing, says, “Please come to order:” as soon as everyone is seated, they add, “The secretary will read the minutes from the last meeting.” If anyone spots an error in the minutes, they can mention it right after the secretary finishes reading; if there’s no objection, without waiting for a motion, the chairperson tells the secretary to make the correction. The chairperson then states, “If there’s no objection, the minutes will be approved as read” [or “corrected,” if any changes have been made].

He announces as the next business in order, “the hearing of the report of the committee on the Constitution and By-Laws.” The chairman of the committee, after addressing “Mr. Chairman” and being recognized, reads the committee’s report and then hands it to the chairman.* [In large and formal bodies the chairman, before inquiring what is to be done with the report, usually directs the secretary to read it again. See note to § 46 (c), for a few common errors in acting upon reports of committees. [See also note to § 46 (b).]] If no motion is made, the chairman says, “You have heard the report read—what order shall be taken upon it?” Or simply inquires, “What shall be done with the report?” Some one moves its adoption, or still better, moves “the adoption of the Constitution reported by the committee,” and when seconded, the chairman says, “The question is on the adoption of the Constitution reported by the committee.” He then reads the first article of the Constitution, and asks, “Are there any amendments proposed to this article?” If none are offered, after a pause, he reads the next article and asks the same question, and proceeds thus until he reads the last article, when he says, “The whole Constitution having been read, it is open to amendment.” Now any one can move amendments to any part of the Constitution.

He announces as the next item on the agenda, “the hearing of the report from the committee on the Constitution and By-Laws.” The committee chair, after addressing “Mr. Chairman” and being recognized, reads the committee’s report and then hands it to the chairman.* [In large and formal groups, the chairman usually asks the secretary to read the report again before discussing what to do with it. See note to § 46 (c) for some common mistakes in handling committee reports. [See also note to § 46 (b).]] If no motion is made, the chairman says, “You’ve heard the report read—what action should we take on it?” Or simply asks, “What should we do with the report?” Someone proposes its adoption, or better yet, moves “the adoption of the Constitution reported by the committee,” and when it gets seconded, the chairman states, “The question is on the adoption of the Constitution reported by the committee.” He then reads the first article of the Constitution and asks, “Are there any proposed amendments to this article?” If none are given, after a pause, he reads the next article and asks the same question, continuing this process until he reaches the last article, when he says, “The whole Constitution having been read, it is open to amendments.” Now anyone can propose amendments to any section of the Constitution.

When the chairman thinks it has been modified to suit the wishes of the assembly, he inquires, “Are you ready for the question?” If no one wishes to speak, he puts the question, “As many as are in favor of adopting the Constitution as amended, will say aye;” and then, “As many as are opposed, will say no.” He distinctly announces the result of the vote, which should always be done. If the articles of the Constitution are subdivided into sections or paragraphs, then the amendments should be made by sections or paragraphs, instead of by articles.

When the chairman believes it has been changed to meet the assembly's wishes, he asks, “Are you ready for the question?” If no one wants to speak, he calls for the vote, saying, “Those in favor of adopting the Constitution as amended, say aye;” and then, “Those opposed, say no.” He clearly announces the outcome of the vote, which should always be done. If the articles of the Constitution are divided into sections or paragraphs, then the amendments should be made by sections or paragraphs, not by articles.

The chairman now states that the Constitution having been adopted, it will be necessary for those wishing to become members to sign it (and pay the initiation fee, if required by the Constitution), and suggests, if the assembly is a large one, that a recess be taken for the purpose. A motion is then made to take a recess for say ten minutes, or until the Constitution is signed. The constitution being signed, no one is permitted to vote excepting those who have signed it.

The chairman now says that since the Constitution has been adopted, anyone who wants to become a member will need to sign it (and pay the initiation fee, if the Constitution requires it). He suggests that if the assembly is large, a break should be taken for this purpose. A motion is then made to take a break for about ten minutes, or until the Constitution is signed. Once the Constitution is signed, no one is allowed to vote except for those who have signed it.

The recess having expired, the chairman calls the meeting to order and says, “The next business in order is the adoption of By-Laws.” Some one moves the adoption of the By-Laws reported by the committee, and they are treated just like the Constitution. The chairman then asks, “What is the further pleasure of the meeting?” or states that the next business in order is the election of the permanent officers of the society. In either case some one moves the appointment of a committee to nominate the permanent officers of the society, which motion is treated as already described in § 47. As each officer is elected he replaces the temporary one, and when they are all elected the organization is completed.

The recess having expired, the chairman calls the meeting to order and says, “The next item on the agenda is the adoption of By-Laws.” Someone moves to adopt the By-Laws reported by the committee, and they are handled just like the Constitution. The chairman then asks, “What is the next step for the meeting?” or states that the next item on the agenda is the election of the permanent officers of the society. In either case, someone moves to appoint a committee to nominate the permanent officers of the society, and that motion is handled as already described in § 47. As each officer is elected, they replace the temporary one, and once all are elected, the organization is complete.

If the society is one that expects to own real estate, it should be incorporated according to the laws of the state in which it is situated, and for this purpose, some one on the committee on the Constitution should consult a lawyer before this second meeting, so that the laws may be conformed to. In this case the trustees are usually instructed to take the proper measures to have the society incorporated.

If the society expects to own real estate, it should be incorporated according to the laws of the state where it’s located. To prepare for this, someone on the committee on the Constitution should speak with a lawyer before the second meeting to ensure compliance with the laws. In this situation, the trustees are typically directed to take the necessary steps to have the society incorporated.

49. Constitutions, By-Laws, Rules of Order and Standing Rules. In forming a Constitution and By-Laws, it is always best to procure copies of those adopted by several similar societies, and for the committee, after comparing them, to select one as the basis of their own, amending each article just as their own report is amended by the Society. When they have completed amending the Constitution, it is adopted by the committee. The By-Laws are treated in the same way, and then, having finished the work assigned them, some one moves, “That the committee rise, and that the chairman (or some other member) report the Constitution and By-Laws to the assembly.” If this is adopted, the Constitution and By-Laws are written out, and a brief report made of this form: “Your committee, appointed to draft a Constitution and By-Laws, would respectfully submit the following, with the recommendation that they be adopted as the Constitution and By-Laws of this society;” which is signed by all the members of the committee that concur in it. Sometimes the report is only signed by the chairman of the committee.

49. Constitutions, By-Laws, Rules of Order, and Standing Rules. When creating a Constitution and By-Laws, it’s always a good idea to get copies from similar organizations. The committee should compare these documents and choose one as a foundation for their own, making necessary amendments to each article just like their report is adjusted by the Society. Once they finish updating the Constitution, it’s approved by the committee. The By-Laws are handled in the same manner, and when they complete their assigned task, someone motions, “That the committee disband, and that the chairman (or another member) report the Constitution and By-Laws to the assembly.” If this motion passes, the Constitution and By-Laws are written out, along with a brief report stating: “Your committee, tasked with drafting a Constitution and By-Laws, respectfully submits the following, recommending that they be adopted as the Constitution and By-Laws of this society;” which is signed by all committee members who agree. Sometimes, only the chairman signs the report.

In the organization just given, it is assumed that both a Constitution and By-Laws are adopted. This is not always done; some societies adopt only a Constitution, and others only By-Laws. Where both are adopted, the constitution usually contains only the following:

In the organization just mentioned, it's assumed that both a Constitution and By-Laws are adopted. This doesn't always happen; some societies adopt only a Constitution, and others have only By-Laws. When both are adopted, the constitution typically includes just the following:

(1) Name and object of the society. (2) Qualification of members. (3) Officers, their election and duties. (4) Meetings of the society (only including what is essential, leaving details to the By-Laws). (5) How to amend the Constitution.

(1) Name and purpose of the organization. (2) Membership requirements. (3) Officers, their election and responsibilities. (4) Meetings of the organization (only including what is necessary, leaving details to the By-Laws). (5) How to change the Constitution.

These can be arranged in five articles, each article being subdivided into sections. The Constitution containing nothing but what is fundamental, it should be made very difficult to amend; usually previous notice of the amendment is required, and also a two-thirds or three-fourths vote for its adoption [§ 73]. It is better not to require a larger vote than two-thirds, and, where the meetings are frequent, an amendment should not be allowed to be made except at a quarterly or annual meeting, after having been proposed at the previous quarterly meeting.

These can be organized into five articles, with each article divided into sections. Since the Constitution includes only essential elements, amending it should be quite challenging; typically, prior notice of the amendment is necessary, along with a two-thirds or three-fourths majority for it to be adopted [§ 73]. It’s preferable not to require more than a two-thirds vote, and when meetings occur regularly, amendments should only be allowed during a quarterly or annual meeting, after being proposed at the last quarterly meeting.

The By-Laws contain all the other standing rules of the society, of such importance that they should be placed out of the power of any one meeting to modify; or they may omit the rules relating to the conduct of business in the meetings, which would then constitute the Rules of Order of the society. Every society, in its By-Laws or Rules of Order, should adopt a rule like this: “The rules contained in—(specifying the work on parliamentary practice) shall govern the society in all cases to which they are applicable, and in which they are not inconsistent with the Rules of Order (or By-Laws) adopted by the society.” Without such a rule, any one so disposed, could cause great trouble in a meeting.

The By-Laws contain all the other standing rules of the society, which are so important that no single meeting should have the power to change them. They may exclude the rules about how to conduct business in meetings, which would then make up the society's Rules of Order. Every society, in its By-Laws or Rules of Order, should establish a rule like this: “The rules found in—(specifying the work on parliamentary practice) will govern the society in all applicable cases, as long as they don't conflict with the Rules of Order (or By-Laws) adopted by the society.” Without such a rule, someone could easily create significant disruption in a meeting.

In addition to the Constitution, By-Laws and Rules of Order, in nearly every society resolutions of a permanent nature are occasionally adopted, which are binding on the society until they are rescinded or modified. These are called Standing Rules, and can be adopted by a majority vote at any meeting. After they have been adopted, they cannot be modified at the same session except by a reconsideration [§ 60]. At any future session they can be suspended, modified or rescinded by a majority vote. The Standing Rules, then, comprise those rules of a society which have been adopted like ordinary resolutions, without the previous notice, etc., required for By-Laws, and consequently, future sessions of the society are at liberty to terminate them whenever they please. No Standing Rule (or other resolution) can be adopted which conflicts with the Constitution, By-Laws or Rules of Order.* [In practice these various classes of rules are frequently very much mixed. The Standing Rules of some societies are really By-Laws, as the society cannot suspend them, nor can they be amended until previous notice is given. This produces confusion without any corresponding benefit. Standing Rules should contain only such rules as are subject to the will of the majority of any meeting, and which it may be expedient to change at any time, without the delay incident to giving previous notice. Rules of Order should contain only the rules relating to the orderly transaction of the business in the meetings of the society. The By-Laws should contain all the other rules of the society which are of too great importance to be changed without giving notice to the society of such change; provided that the most important of these can be placed in a Constitution instead of in the By-Laws. These latter three should provide for their amendment. The Rules of Order should provide for their suspension. The By-Laws sometimes provide for the suspension of certain articles. None of these three can be suspended without it is expressly provided for.

In addition to the Constitution, By-Laws, and Rules of Order, almost every organization occasionally adopts permanent resolutions that bind the group until they are changed or repealed. These are known as Standing Rules and can be adopted by a majority vote at any meeting. Once adopted, they cannot be changed during the same session unless reconsidered [§ 60]. In future sessions, they can be suspended, modified, or rescinded by a majority vote. Therefore, Standing Rules consist of rules that have been adopted like regular resolutions, without the prior notice required for By-Laws, allowing future sessions to end them whenever they choose. No Standing Rule (or other resolution) can be adopted that conflicts with the Constitution, By-Laws, or Rules of Order.* [In practice, these various types of rules often become quite mixed. The Standing Rules of some organizations are effectively By-Laws, as the group cannot suspend them, nor can they be amended without prior notice. This results in confusion without any corresponding benefit. Standing Rules should only include rules that can be changed by the will of the majority at any meeting and that can be conveniently altered without the delay of prior notice. Rules of Order should only cover the rules necessary for conducting business orderly in the meetings. The By-Laws should include all other important rules of the organization that should not be changed without notifying the group; however, the most crucial ones can be included in a Constitution instead of the By-Laws. The latter three should allow for amendments. The Rules of Order should allow for suspension. The By-Laws may sometimes allow for the suspension of certain provisions. None of these three can be suspended unless explicitly stated.

Art. X. Officers and Committees.

50. Chairman or President. It is the duty of the chairman to call the meeting to order at the appointed time, to preside at all the meetings, to announce the business before the assembly in its proper order, to state and put all questions properly brought before the assembly, to preserve order and decorum, and to decide all questions of order (subject to an appeal). When he “puts a question” to vote, and when speaking upon an appeal, he should stand;* [In meetings of boards of managers, committees and other small bodies, the chairman usually retains his seat, and even members in speaking do not rise.] in all other cases he can sit. In all cases where his vote would affect the result, or where the vote is by ballot, he can vote. When a member rises to speak, he should say, “Mr. Chairman,” and the chairman should reply, “Mr. A;” he should not interrupt a speaker as long as he is in order, but should listen to his speech, which should be addressed to him and not to the assembly. The chairman should be careful to abstain from the appearance of partizanship, but he has the right to call another member to the chair while he addresses the assembly on a question; when speaking to a question of order he does not leave the chair.

50. Chairman or President. The chairman’s job is to start the meeting at the scheduled time, lead all meetings, present the agenda in the correct order, state and put all questions properly before the assembly, maintain order and decorum, and decide all questions of order (subject to an appeal). When he “puts a question” to vote or speaks during an appeal, he should stand;* [In meetings of boards of managers, committees, and other small groups, the chairman usually stays seated, and even members speaking do not rise.] In all other situations, he can sit. Whenever his vote could change the outcome, or when the vote is by ballot, he is allowed to vote. When a member wants to speak, they should say, “Mr. Chairman,” and the chairman should respond, “Mr. A;” he shouldn’t interrupt a speaker as long as they are in order, but should listen to their speech, which should be directed to him and not to the assembly. The chairman should be mindful not to appear biased, but he has the right to ask another member to take over while he addresses the assembly on a specific question; when discussing a question of order, he does not leave the chair.

51. The Clerk, Secretary or Recording Secretary, as he is variously called, should keep a record of the proceedings, the character of which depends upon the kind of meeting. In an occasional or mass meeting, the record usually amounts to nothing, but he should always record every resolution or motion that is adopted.

51. The Clerk, Secretary, or Recording Secretary, as he is sometimes called, should keep a record of the proceedings, which varies depending on the type of meeting. In an occasional or large meeting, the record typically doesn't contain much, but he should always document every resolution or motion that is approved.

In a convention it is often desirable to keep a full record for publication, and where it lasts for several days, it is usual, and generally best, to appoint one or more assistant clerks. Frequently it is a tax on the judgment of the clerk to decide what to enter on the record, or the “Minutes,” as it is usually called. Sometimes the points of each speech should be entered, and at other times only the remark that the question was discussed by Messrs. A., B. and C. in the affirmative, and Messrs. D., E. and F. in the negative. Every resolution that is adopted should be entered, which can be done in this form: “On motion of Mr. D. it was resolved that, &c.”

In a convention, it’s often important to keep a complete record for publication. If it lasts several days, it’s common, and usually better, to appoint one or more assistant clerks. It can often be challenging for the clerk to decide what to include in the record, often referred to as the “Minutes.” Sometimes, the key points of each speech should be noted, while at other times it’s sufficient to just mention that the issue was discussed by Messrs. A., B., and C. in favor, and Messrs. D., E., and F. against. Every resolution that is passed should be recorded, which can be done in this format: “On motion of Mr. D., it was resolved that, &c.”

Sometimes a convention does its work by having certain topics previously assigned to certain speakers, who deliver formal addresses or essays, the subjects of which are afterwards open for discussion in short speeches, of five minutes, for instance. In such cases the minutes are very brief, without they are to be published, when they should contain either the entire addresses or carefully prepared abstracts of them, and should show the drift of the discussion that followed each one. In permanent societies, where the minutes are not published, they consist of a record of what was done and not what was said, and should be kept in a book.

Sometimes, a convention fulfills its purpose by assigning specific topics to certain speakers, who give formal talks or essays, with those subjects then open for discussion in brief speeches, say five minutes long. In these situations, the minutes are usually very short unless they are meant to be published, in which case they should include either the full addresses or well-prepared summaries of them, as well as capture the essence of the discussion that followed each one. In permanent organizations, where the minutes are not published, they consist of a record of actions taken rather than what was said, and they should be maintained in a book.

The Form of the Minutes can be as follows:

The format of the minutes can be as follows:

“At a regular meeting of the M. L. Society, held in their hall, on Tuesday evening, March 16, 1875, Mr. A. in the chair and Mr. B. acting as secretary, the minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. The committee on Applications reported the names of Messrs. C. and D. as applicants for membership; and on motion of Mr. F. they were admitted as members. The committee on —— reported a series of resolutions, which were thoroughly discussed and amended, and finally adopted as follows:

“At a regular meeting of the M. L. Society, held in their hall on Tuesday evening, March 16, 1875, Mr. A. in the chair and Mr. B. serving as secretary, the minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. The Applications committee reported the names of Messrs. C. and D. as applicants for membership; and on a motion by Mr. F., they were accepted as members. The committee on —— presented a series of resolutions, which were fully discussed and amended, and ultimately adopted as follows:

“Resolved, That * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *”

“Resolved, That * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *”

On motion of Mr. L. the society adjourned.
L- B-, Secretary.

On Mr. L.'s motion, the society adjourned.
L- B-, Secretary.

If the proceedings are to be published, the secretary should always examine the published proceedings of similar meetings, so as to conform to the custom, excepting where it is manifestly improper.

If the proceedings are going to be published, the secretary should always review the published proceedings of similar meetings to align with customary practices, unless it's obviously inappropriate.

The Constitution, By-Laws, Rules of Order and Standing Rules should all be written in one book, leaving every other page blank; and whenever an amendment is made to any of them, it should be immediately entered on the page opposite to the article amended, with a reference to the date and page of the minutes where is recorded the action of the society.

The Constitution, By-Laws, Rules of Order, and Standing Rules should all be compiled into one book, with every other page left blank. Whenever an amendment is made to any of these documents, it should be promptly written on the page opposite the amended article, along with a reference to the date and page number of the minutes that record the society's action.

The secretary has the custody of all papers belonging to the society, not specially under charge of any other officer. Sometimes his duties are also of a financial kind, when he should make such reports as are prescribed in the next section.

The secretary is responsible for all documents related to the society that aren't specifically assigned to another officer. Occasionally, his role also includes financial responsibilities, and he should prepare the reports outlined in the next section.

52. Treasurer. The duties of this officer vary in different societies. In probably the majority of cases he acts as a banker, merely holding the funds deposited with him, and paying them out on the order of the society signed by the secretary. His annual report, which is always required, in this case consists of merely a statement of the amount on hand at the commencement of the year, the amount received during the year (stating from what source received), the total amount paid out by order of the society, and the balance on hand. When this report is presented it is referred to an “auditing committee,” consisting of one or two persons, who examine the treasurer’s books and vouchers, and certify on his report that they “have examined his accounts and vouchers and find them correct, and the balance on hand is,” etc., stating the amount on hand. The auditing committee’s report being accepted is equivalent to a resolution of the society to the same effect, namely, that the treasurer’s report is correct.

52. Treasurer. The responsibilities of this role differ among various organizations. In most cases, the treasurer acts like a banker, simply holding the funds deposited with them and disbursing them based on requests from the organization that are signed by the secretary. They are required to present an annual report, which typically includes a statement of the amount at the start of the year, the total received during the year (including the sources), the total amount paid out at the organization’s request, and the remaining balance. When this report is presented, it’s sent to an “auditing committee,” made up of one or two people, who review the treasurer’s financial records and receipts. They certify on the report that they “have examined the accounts and receipts and find them correct, with a balance of,” etc., indicating the current amount on hand. Acceptance of the auditing committee’s report is regarded as a resolution by the organization confirming that the treasurer’s report is accurate.

In the case here supposed, the real financial statement is made either by the board of trustees, or by the secretary or some other officer, according to the Constitution of the society. The principles involved, are, that every officer who receives money is to account for it in a report to the society, and that whatever officer is responsible for the disbursements, shall report them to the society. If the secretary, as in many societies, is really responsible for the expenses, the treasurer merely paying upon his order, then the secretary should make a full report of these expenses, so classified as to enable the society to readily see the amounts expended for various purposes.

In the situation described here, the actual financial statement is prepared either by the board of trustees or by the secretary or another officer, following the society's Constitution. The key principles are that every officer who handles money must report on it to the society, and whoever is responsible for the expenditures must also report them. If the secretary, as is the case in many societies, is actually in charge of the expenses, with the treasurer just paying based on their instructions, then the secretary should provide a detailed report of these expenses, organized in a way that allows the society to easily see how much was spent on different purposes.

It should always be remembered that the financial report is made for the information of members. The details of dates and separate payments for the same object, are a hinderance to its being understood, and are useless, as it is the duty of the auditing committee to examine into the details and see if the report is correct.

It should always be kept in mind that the financial report is designed to inform members. The specifics of dates and individual payments for the same item are an obstacle to understanding it and are unnecessary, as it is the auditing committee's responsibility to review the details and confirm if the report is accurate.

Every disbursing officer should be careful to get a receipt whenever he makes a payment; these receipts should be preserved in regular order, as they are the vouchers for the payments, which must be examined by the auditing committee. Disbursing officers cannot be too careful in keeping their accounts, and they should insist upon having their accounts audited every time they make a report, as by this means any error is quickly detected and may be corrected. When the society has accepted the auditing committee’s report that the financial report is correct, the disbursing officer is relieved from the responsibility of the past, and if his vouchers were lost afterwards, it would cause no trouble. The best form for these financial reports depends upon the kind of society, and is best determined by examining those made in similar societies.

Every disbursing officer should be careful to obtain a receipt whenever they make a payment; these receipts should be stored in order, as they serve as proof of the payments, which must be reviewed by the auditing committee. Disbursing officers cannot be too diligent in managing their accounts, and they should ensure that their accounts are audited every time they submit a report, as this allows for any errors to be quickly identified and corrected. Once the society has accepted the auditing committee’s report confirming that the financial report is accurate, the disbursing officer is no longer responsible for past transactions, and if their receipts are lost afterward, it won’t cause any issues. The best format for these financial reports depends on the type of society and is best determined by looking at reports from similar organizations.

The following form can be varied to suit most cases: (when the statement of receipts and expenses is very long, it is often desirable to specify the amounts received from one or two particular sources, which can be done immediately after stating the total receipts; the same course can be taken in regard to the expenditures):

The following form can be adapted to fit most situations: (when the statement of income and expenses is very long, it is often useful to highlight the amounts received from one or two specific sources, which can be done right after stating the total income; the same approach can be taken for the expenses):

Treasurer’s Report.

Treasurer's Update.

The undersigned, Treasurer of the M. L. Society, begs leave to submit the following annual report:

The undersigned, Treasurer of the M. L. Society, respectfully submits the following annual report:

The balance on hand at the commencement of the year was —— dollars and —— cents. There was received from all sources during the year, —— dollars and —— cents; during the same time the expenses amounted to —— dollars and —— cents, leaving a balance on hand of —— dollars and —— cents. The annexed statement of receipts and expenditures will show in detail the sources from which the receipts were obtained, and the objects to which the expenditures have been applied. All of which is respectfully submitted.

The starting balance at the beginning of the year was —— dollars and —— cents. Throughout the year, there were receipts from various sources totaling —— dollars and —— cents; in the same period, expenses reached —— dollars and —— cents, leaving a remaining balance of —— dollars and —— cents. The attached statement of receipts and expenditures provides detailed information about the sources of the receipts and the purposes of the expenditures. All of this is respectfully submitted.

S— M—, Treasurer M. L. S.

S— M—, Treasurer M. L. S.

The “Statement of receipts and expenditures” can be made, by simply giving a list of receipts, followed by a list of expenses, and finishing up with the balance on hand. The auditing committee’s certificate to the correctness of the account should be written on the statement. Often the statement is made out in the form of an account, as follows:

The “Statement of receipts and expenditures” can be created by simply listing the receipts, followed by the expenses, and concluding with the balance on hand. The auditing committee’s certificate confirming the accuracy of the account should be included in the statement. Often, the statement is formatted as an account, as follows:

Dr. The M. L. S. in acct. with S. M., Treas. Cr. ———————————————————————————————————- 1874. 1874.

Dr. The M. L. S. in acct. with S. M., Treas. Cr. ———————————————————————————————————- 1874. 1874.

Dec. 31. To rent of hall .. $500 00 Jan. 1. By balance on hand
         ” Gas ……….. 80 00 from last year’s
         ” Stationery …. 26 50 account ………. $ 21 13
         ” Janitor ……. 360 00 Dec. 31. By initiation fees 95 00
         ” Balance on hand 24 63 ” members’ dues .. 875 00
                            ———- ———-
                            $991 13 $991 13

Dec. 31. Rent for hall .. $500.00 Jan. 1. Balance on hand
         ” Gas ……….. $80.00 from last year’s
         ” Stationery …. $26.50 account ………. $21.13
         ” Janitor ……. $360.00 Dec. 31. By initiation fees $95.00
         ” Members’ dues .. $875.00
                            ———- ———-
                            $991.13 $991.13

We do hereby certify that we have examined the accounts and vouchers of the treasurer, and find them correct; and that the balance in his hands is twenty-four dollars and sixty-three cents. R. V., J. L., Audit Comm.

We certify that we have reviewed the treasurer's accounts and receipts and found them to be accurate; the balance he has is twenty-four dollars and sixty-three cents. R. V., J. L., Audit Comm.

53. Committees. In small assemblies, especially in those where but little business is done, there is not much need of committees. But in large assemblies, or in those doing a great deal of business, committees are of the utmost importance. When a committee is properly selected, in nine cases out of ten its action decides that of the assembly. A committee for action should be small and consist only of those heartily in favor of the proposed action. A committee for deliberation or investigation, on the contrary, should be larger and represent all parties in the assembly, so that its opinion will carry with it as great weight as possible. The usefulness of the committee will be greatly impaired, if any important faction of the assembly be unrepresented on the committee. The appointment of a committee is fully explained in § 46 (c).

53. Committees. In small groups, especially where not much business is conducted, there isn’t much need for committees. However, in larger groups or those handling a lot of business, committees are extremely important. When a committee is properly chosen, in nine out of ten cases, its decisions determine those of the larger group. A committee meant for taking action should be small and include only those who strongly support the proposed action. On the other hand, a committee for discussion or investigation should be larger and include representatives from all sides in the group, ensuring its opinions are as influential as possible. The committee's effectiveness will be significantly reduced if any important faction in the assembly is not represented. The process for appointing a committee is fully explained in § 46 (c).

The first member named on a committee is their chairman, and it is his duty to call together the committee, and preside at their meetings. If he is absent, or from any cause fails or declines to call a meeting, it is the duty of the committee to assemble on the call of any two of their members. The committee are a miniature assembly, only being able to act when a quorum is present. If a paper is referred to them they must not deface it in any way, but write their amendments on a separate sheet. If they originate the paper, all amendments must be incorporated in it. When they originate the paper, usually one member has previously prepared a draft, which is read entirely through, and then read by paragraphs, the chairman pausing after each paragraph and asking, “Are there any amendments proposed to this paragraph?” No vote is taken on the adoption of the separate paragraphs, but after the whole paper has been read in this way, it is open to amendment, generally, by striking out any paragraph or inserting new ones, or by substituting an entirely new paper for it. When it has been amended to suit the committee, they should adopt it as their report, and direct the chairman or some other member to report it to the assembly. It is then written out, usually commencing in a style similar to this: “The committee to which was referred [state the matter referred], beg leave to submit the following report;” or, “Your committee appointed to [specify the object], would respectfully report,” etc. It usually closes thus: “All of which is respectfully submitted,” followed by the signatures of all the members concurring in the report, or sometimes by only that of the chairman.

The first person named on a committee is their chair, and it's their job to gather the committee and lead their meetings. If they're absent or unable to call a meeting for any reason, it's the responsibility of the committee to meet at the request of any two members. The committee acts as a smaller assembly, only being able to make decisions when a quorum is present. If a document is referred to them, they shouldn't mark it up but instead write their amendments on a separate sheet. If they create the document, all amendments must be included in it. When they create the document, typically one member prepares a draft beforehand, which is read in full, and then paragraph by paragraph, with the chair pausing after each paragraph to ask, “Are there any proposed amendments to this paragraph?” No vote is taken on the adoption of the individual paragraphs, but after the entire document has been read this way, it can be amended overall by striking out any paragraph, adding new ones, or replacing it with a completely new document. Once it has been revised to the committee's satisfaction, they should adopt it as their report, and direct the chair or another member to present it to the assembly. It's then written out, usually starting like this: “The committee to which was referred [state the matter referred], respectfully submits the following report;” or, “Your committee assigned to [specify the object], respectfully reports,” etc. It typically ends with: “All of which is respectfully submitted,” followed by the signatures of all members agreeing to the report, or sometimes just that of the chair.

If the minority submit a report, it commences thus: “The undersigned, a minority of the committee appointed,” etc., continuing as the regular report of the committee. After the committee’s report has been read, it is usual to allow the minority to present their report, but it cannot be acted upon except by a motion to substitute it for the report of the committee. When the committee’s report is read, they are discharged without any motion. A motion to refer the paper back to the same committee (or to re-commit), if adopted, revives the committee.

If the minority submits a report, it starts like this: “The undersigned, a minority of the committee appointed,” etc., and continues as the regular report of the committee. After the committee’s report has been read, it’s customary to allow the minority to present their report, but it can only be acted upon through a motion to replace it with the committee’s report. When the committee’s report is read, they are released without any motion. If a motion to send the paper back to the same committee (or to re-commit) is approved, it revives the committee.

Art. XI. Introduction of Business.

54. Any member wishing to bring business before the assembly, should, without it is very simple, write down in the form of a motion, what he would like to have the assembly adopt, thus:

54. Any member who wants to propose something to the assembly should, simply put, write down their motion for what they would like the assembly to adopt, like this:

Resolved, That the thanks of this convention be tendered to the citizens of this community for their hearty welcome and generous hospitality.

Resolved, That this convention extends its gratitude to the citizens of this community for their warm welcome and generous hospitality.

When there is no other business before the assembly, he rises and addresses the chairman by his title, thus: “Mr. Chairman,” who immediately recognizes him by announcing his name.* [If the chairman has any special title, as President, for instance, he should be addressed by it, thus: “Mr. President.” Sometimes the chairman recognizes the speaker by merely bowing to him, but the proper course is to announce his name.] He, then having the floor, says that he “moves the adoption of the following resolution,” which he reads and hands to the chairman.** [Or, when he is recognized by the chair, he may say that he wishes to offer the following resolutions, which he reads and then moves their adoption.] Some one else seconds the motion, and the chairman says, “It has been moved and seconded that the following resolution be adopted,” when he reads the resolution; or he may read the resolution and then state the question thus: “The question is on the adoption of the resolution just read.” The merits of the resolution are then open to discussion, but before any member can discuss the question or make any motion, he must first obtain the floor as just described. After the chairman states the question, if no one rises to speak, or when he thinks the debate closed, he asks, “Are you ready for the question?” If no one then rises, he puts the question in a form similar to the following: “The question is on the adoption of the resolution which you have heard; as many as are in favor of its adoption will say aye.” When the ayes have voted, he says, “As many as are of a contrary opinion will say no.”* [There are many other ways of putting a question; see § 67, and Rules of Order, § 38. Other illustrations of the ordinary practice in introducing business will be seen in §§ 46-48.] He then announces the result, stating that the motion is carried, or lost, as the case may be, in the following form: “The motion is carried—the resolution is adopted;” or, “The ayes have it—the resolution is adopted.” A majority of the votes cast is sufficient for the adoption of any motion, excepting those mentioned in § 68.

When there's no other business before the assembly, he stands up and addresses the chairman by his title, saying, "Mr. Chairman," who then recognizes him by announcing his name.* [If the chairman has a specific title, like President, he should be addressed as such, saying, "Mr. President." Sometimes the chairman acknowledges the speaker just by bowing, but the correct approach is to announce his name.] He then has the floor and states, "I move the adoption of the following resolution," which he reads and gives to the chairman.** [Or, when the chairman recognizes him, he might say he wants to offer the following resolutions, which he reads and then moves to adopt.] Someone else seconds the motion, and the chairman says, "It has been moved and seconded that the following resolution be adopted," as he reads the resolution; alternatively, he may read the resolution and then state the question like this: "The question is on the adoption of the resolution just read." The merits of the resolution can then be discussed, but before any member can discuss or make any motion, he must first gain the floor as described earlier. After the chairman states the question, if no one rises to speak, or when he thinks the debate is over, he asks, "Are you ready for the question?" If no one responds, he poses the question in a format like this: "The question is on the adoption of the resolution you just heard; those in favor will say aye." Once the ayes have voted, he says, "Those opposed will say no."* [There are many other ways to phrase a question; see § 67, and Rules of Order, § 38. More examples of standard practices for introducing business can be found in §§ 46-48.] He then announces the outcome, stating whether the motion is carried or rejected, in the following manner: "The motion is carried—the resolution is adopted;" or, "The ayes have it—the resolution is adopted." A majority of the votes cast is sufficient for the approval of any motion, except for those noted in § 68.

Art. XII. Motions.

55. Motions Classified According to their Object. Instead of immediately adopting or rejecting a resolution as originally submitted, it may be desirable to dispose of it in some other way, and for this purpose various motions have come into use, which can be made while a resolution is being considered, and for the time being, supersede it. No one can make any of these motions while another member has the floor, excepting as shown in § 64, which see for the circumstances under which each motion can be made.

55. Motions Classified According to their Object. Instead of just accepting or rejecting a resolution right away, it might be better to handle it differently. For this reason, several motions have been created that can be made while a resolution is being discussed, temporarily taking its place. No one can propose any of these motions while another member is speaking, except as noted in § 64, which outlines the conditions under which each motion can be made.

The following list comprises most of these motions, arranged in eight classes, according to the object for which each motion is used. [The names of the motions are printed in Italics; each class is treated separately, as shown by the references.]

The following list includes most of these motions, organized into eight classes based on the purpose of each motion. [The names of the motions are printed in Italics; each class is discussed separately, as indicated by the references.]

Motions Classified.

Motions Categorized.

  (1) To Amend or Modify ………………………………… [§ 56]
    (a) Amend.
    (b) Commit.
  (2) To Defer action …………………………………… [§ 57]
    (a) Postpone to a certain time.
    (b) Lie on the Table.
  (3) To Suppress Debate ………………………………… [§ 58]
    (a) Previous Question.
    (b) An Order limiting or closing Debate.
  (4) To Suppress the question …………………………… [§ 59]
    (a) Objection to its Consideration.
    (b) Postpone Indefinitely.
    (c) Lie on the Table.
  (5) To Consider a question the second time ………………. [§ 60]
    (a) Reconsider.
  (6) Order and Rules …………………………………… [§ 61]
    (a) Orders of the day.
    (b) Special Orders.
    (c) Suspension of the Rules.
    (d) Questions of Order.
    (e) Appeal.
  (7) Miscellaneous …………………………………….. [§ 62]
    (a) Reading of Papers.
    (b) Withdrawal of a Motion.
    (c) Questions of Privilege.
  (8) To close a meeting ………………………………… [§ 63]
    (a) Fix the time to which to Adjourn.
    (b) Adjourn.

(1) To Amend or Modify ………………………………… [§ 56]
    (a) Amend.
    (b) Commit.
  (2) To Defer action …………………………………… [§ 57]
    (a) Postpone to a certain time.
    (b) Lie on the Table.
  (3) To Suppress Debate ………………………………… [§ 58]
    (a) Previous Question.
    (b) An Order limiting or closing Debate.
  (4) To Suppress the question …………………………… [§ 59]
    (a) Objection to its Consideration.
    (b) Postpone Indefinitely.
    (c) Lie on the Table.
  (5) To Consider a question the second time ………………. [§ 60]
    (a) Reconsider.
  (6) Order and Rules …………………………………… [§ 61]
    (a) Orders of the day.
    (b) Special Orders.
    (c) Suspension of the Rules.
    (d) Questions of Order.
    (e) Appeal.
  (7) Miscellaneous …………………………………….. [§ 62]
    (a) Reading of Papers.
    (b) Withdrawal of a Motion.
    (c) Questions of Privilege.
  (8) To close a meeting ………………………………… [§ 63]
    (a) Fix the time to which to Adjourn.
    (b) Adjourn.

56. To Amend or Modify. (a) Amend. If it is desired to modify the question in any way, the proper motion to make is to “amend,” either by “adding” words, or by “striking out” words; or by “striking out certain words and inserting others;” or by “substituting” a different motion on the same subject for the one before the assembly; or by “dividing the question” into two or more questions, as the mover specifies, so as to get a separate vote on any particular point or points. Sometimes the enemies of a measure seek to amend it in such a way as to divide its friends, and thus defeat it.

56. To Amend or Modify. (a) Amend. If you want to change the question in any way, the right motion to make is to “amend,” either by “adding” words, or by “removing” words; or by “removing certain words and inserting others;” or by “substituting” a different motion on the same topic for the one currently before the assembly; or by “dividing the question” into two or more questions, as the mover indicates, to get a separate vote on any specific point or points. Sometimes opponents of a measure try to amend it in a way that divides its supporters, aiming to defeat it.

When the amendment has been moved and seconded, the chairman should always state the question distinctly, so that every one may know exactly what is before them, reading first the paragraph which it is proposed to amend; then the words to be struck out, if there are any; next, the words to be inserted, if any; and finally, the paragraph as it will stand if the amendment is adopted. He then states that the question is on the adoption of the amendment, which is open to debate, the remarks being confined to the merits of the amendment, only going into the main question so far as is necessary in order to ascertain the propriety of adopting the amendment.

When the amendment has been proposed and seconded, the chairperson should always clearly state the question so that everyone knows exactly what is being discussed. They should first read the paragraph that is being amended, then mention any words that will be removed, followed by any words that will be added, and finally, present the paragraph as it will be if the amendment is approved. The chairperson then states that the question is about whether to adopt the amendment, which is open for discussion. Comments should focus on the merits of the amendment, only referencing the main question as needed to evaluate the appropriateness of adopting the amendment.

This amendment can be amended, but an “amendment of an amendment” cannot be amended. None of the undebatable motions mentioned in § 66, except to fix the time to which to adjourn, can be amended, nor can the motion to postpone indefinitely.

This amendment can be changed, but you can't change an "amendment of an amendment." None of the motions that can't be debated mentioned in § 66, except for the one to set the time to adjourn, can be changed, nor can the motion to postpone indefinitely.

(b) Commit. If the original question is not well digested, or needs more amendment than can well be made in the assembly, it is usual to move “to refer it to a committee.” This motion can be made while an amendment is pending, and it opens the whole merits of the question to debate. This motion can be amended by specifying the number of the committee, or how they shall be appointed, or when they shall report, or by giving them any other instructions. [See § 53 on committees, and § 46 (c) on their appointment.]

(b) Commit. If the original question isn't well understood or needs more changes than can be made in the meeting, it's common to propose “to refer it to a committee.” This proposal can be made while an amendment is being discussed, and it allows for the entire topic to be debated. This proposal can be modified by specifying the committee number, how they will be chosen, when they are expected to report, or by giving them any other instructions. [See § 53 on committees, and § 46 (c) on their appointment.]

57. To Defer Action. (a) Postpone to a certain time. If it is desired to defer action upon a question till a particular time, the proper motion to make, is to “postpone it to that time.” This motion allows of but limited debate, which must be confined to the propriety of the postponement to that time; it can be amended by altering the time, and this amendment allows of the same debate. The time specified must not be beyond that session [§ 70] of the assembly, except it be the next session, in which case it comes up with the unfinished business at the next session. This motion can be made when a motion to amend, or to commit or to postpone indefinitely, is pending.

57. To Defer Action. (a) Postpone to a specific time. If you want to delay action on an issue until a certain time, the right motion to make is to “postpone it to that time.” This motion allows only limited discussion, which must focus on whether it's appropriate to postpone to that time; it can be adjusted by changing the time, and this modification allows for the same discussion. The specified time must not go beyond that session [§ 70] of the assembly, unless it's the next session, in which case it will be addressed along with the unfinished business at the following session. This motion can be introduced when a motion to amend, commit, or postpone indefinitely is under consideration.

(b) Lie on the table. Instead of postponing a question to a particular time, it may be desired to lay it aside temporarily until some other question is disposed of, retaining the privilege of resuming its consideration at any time.* [In Congress this motion is commonly used to defeat a measure, though it does not prevent a majority from taking it at any other time. Some societies prohibit a question from being taken from the table, except by a two-thirds vote. This rule deprives the society of the advantages of the motion to “lie on the table.” because it would not be safe to lay a question aside temporarily, if one-third of the assembly were opposed to the measure, as that one-third could prevent its ever being taken from the table. A bare majority should not have the power, in ordinary societies, to adopt or reject a question, or prevent its consideration, without debate. [See note at end of § 35, Rules of Order, on the principles involved in making questions undebatable.] The only way to accomplish this, is to move that the question “lie on the table.” This motion allowing of neither debate nor amendment, the chairman immediately puts the question; if carried, the whole matter is laid aside until the assembly vote to “take it from the table” (which latter motion is undebatable and possesses no privilege). Sometimes this motion is used to suppress a measure, as shown in § 59 (c).

(b) Lie on the table. Instead of delaying a question for a specific time, you might want to set it aside temporarily until another question is resolved, while keeping the option to return to it at any time.* [In Congress, this motion is often used to block a measure, although it doesn't stop a majority from addressing it later. Some organizations require a two-thirds vote to bring a question back from the table. This rule eliminates the benefits of the "lie on the table" motion because it wouldn't be wise to temporarily set a question aside if one-third of the group opposed it, as that one-third could stop it from ever being revisited. A simple majority shouldn't have the authority, in regular organizations, to pass or reject a question or prevent it from being discussed, without debate. [See note at the end of § 35, Rules of Order, on the principles involved in making questions undebatable.] The only way to do this is to motion for the question to “lie on the table.” This motion allows for no debate or amendments, so the chairman immediately puts the question to a vote; if it passes, the entire matter is set aside until the assembly decides to “take it from the table” (which motion is also undebatable and doesn't carry any privilege). Sometimes this motion is used to silence a measure, as described in § 59 (c).

58. To Suppress Debate. (a) Previous Question. While as a general rule free debate is allowed upon every motion,* [Except an “objection to the consideration of the question” [§ 59 (a)]. See note to § 35, Rules of Order, for a full discussion of this subject of debate.] which, if adopted, has the effect of adopting the original question or removing it from before the assembly for the session,—yet, to prevent a minority from making an improper use of this privilege, it is necessary to have methods by which debate can be closed, and final action at once be taken upon a question.

58. To Suppress Debate. (a) Previous Question. Generally, free debate is allowed on every motion,* [Except for an “objection to the consideration of the question” [§ 59 (a)]. See note to § 35, Rules of Order, for a full discussion of this subject of debate.] which, if approved, either adopts the original question or removes it from consideration for the session. However, to prevent a minority from misusing this privilege, it's important to have ways to end debate and take immediate action on a question.

To accomplish this, when any debatable question is before the assembly, it is only necessary for some one to obtain the floor and “call for the previous question;” this call being seconded, the chairman, as it allows of no debate, instantly puts the question, thus: “Shall the main question be now put?” If this is carried by a two-thirds vote [§ 68], all debate instantly ceases, excepting that the member who offered the original resolution, or reported it from a committee, is, as in all other cases, entitled to the floor to close the debate; after which, the chairman immediately puts the questions to the assembly, first, on the motion to commit, if it is pending; if this is carried, of course the subject goes to the committee; if, however, it fails, the vote is next taken on amendments, and finally on the resolution as amended.

To achieve this, when any controversial issue comes up in the assembly, it's only necessary for someone to get the floor and “call for the previous question.” If this request is supported, the chairman, since it doesn’t allow for any debate, immediately asks, “Shall the main question be put now?” If this passes with a two-thirds vote [§ 68], all debate stops right away, except that the member who introduced the original resolution or reported it from a committee has the right to speak last to close the debate; after that, the chairman immediately puts the questions to the assembly, starting with the motion to commit, if it’s still on the table. If that passes, the subject goes to the committee; if it doesn’t, the next vote is on amendments, followed by the resolution as amended.

If a motion to postpone, either definitely or indefinitely, or a motion to reconsider, or an appeal is pending, the previous question is exhausted by the vote on the postponement, reconsideration or appeal, and does not cut off debate upon any other motions that may be pending. If the call for the previous question fails, that is, the debate is not cut off, the debate continues the same as if this motion had not been made. The previous question can be called for simply on an amendment, and after the amendment has been acted upon, the main question is again open to debate.

If there's a motion to postpone, whether it's a definite or indefinite postponement, a motion to reconsider, or an appeal that's still under discussion, the previous question gets resolved with the vote on the postponement, reconsideration, or appeal, without ending debate on any other pending motions. If the request for the previous question doesn't pass, meaning the debate continues, it goes on just as if this motion hadn't been made. The previous question can be called specifically for an amendment, and once the amendment has been addressed, the main question is back open for debate.

(b) An order limiting or closing debate. Sometimes, instead of cutting off debate entirely by ordering the previous question, it is desirable to allow of but very limited debate. In this case, a motion is made to limit the time allowed each speaker or the number of speeches on each side, or to appoint a time at which debate shall close and the question be put. The motion may be made to limit debate on an amendment, in which case the main question would afterwards be open to debate and amendment; or it may be made simply on an amendment to an amendment.

(b) An order to limit or end debate. Sometimes, instead of completely shutting down debate by bringing up the previous question, it’s better to allow only a very limited discussion. In this case, a motion is proposed to limit the time each speaker has or the number of speeches each side can give, or to set a specific time when debate will end and the question will be voted on. The motion can be proposed to limit debate on an amendment, meaning that the main question can still be debated and amended later; or it may be proposed simply for an amendment to an amendment.

In ordinary societies, where harmony is so important, a two-thirds vote should be required for the adoption of any of the above motions to cut off or limit debate.* [In the House of Representatives, these motions require only a majority vote for their adoption. In the Senate, to the contrary, not even two-thirds of the members can force a measure to its passage without allowing debate, the Senate rules not recognizing the above motions.

In regular societies, where harmony is critical, a two-thirds vote should be necessary to adopt any of the motions mentioned above to cut off or limit debate.* [In the House of Representatives, these motions only need a majority vote to be adopted. In the Senate, on the other hand, not even two-thirds of the members can push a measure through without allowing debate, as Senate rules do not acknowledge the above motions.]

59. To Suppress the Question. (a) Objection to the consideration of a question. Sometimes a resolution is introduced that the assembly do not wish to consider at all, because it is profitless, or irrelevant to the objects of the assembly, or for other reasons. The proper course to pursue in such case, is for some one, as soon as it is introduced, to “object to the consideration of the question.” This objection not requiring a second, the chairman immediately puts the question, “Will the assembly consider this question?” If decided in the negative by a two-thirds vote, the question is immediately dismissed, and cannot be again introduced during that session. This objection must be made when the question is first introduced, before it has been debated, and it can be made when another member has the floor.

59. To Suppress the Question. (a) Objection to considering a question. Sometimes a resolution is brought up that the assembly does not want to consider at all, either because it's pointless, irrelevant to the assembly's goals, or for other reasons. The proper action in this case is for someone, as soon as it is introduced, to “object to the consideration of the question.” This objection doesn’t need a second, so the chair immediately asks, “Will the assembly consider this question?” If the vote is negative and gets a two-thirds majority, the question is dismissed right away and cannot be brought up again during that session. This objection must be made when the question is first introduced, before any debate, and it can be made even when another member has the floor.

(b) Postpone indefinitely. After the question has been debated, the proper motion to use in order to suppress the question for the session, is to postpone indefinitely. It cannot be made while any motion except the original or main question is pending, but it can be made after an amendment has been acted upon, and the main question, as amended, is before the assembly. It opens the merits of the main question to debate to as great an extent as if the main question were before the assembly. On account of these two facts, in assemblies with short sessions it is not very useful, as the same result can usually be more easily attained by the next motion.

(b) Postpone indefinitely. After the question has been debated, the right motion to suppress the question for the session is to postpone it indefinitely. This motion can’t be made while any motion other than the original or main question is pending, but it can be made after an amendment has been acted upon, and the main question, as amended, is on the table. It allows for debate on the main question just as if it were being discussed in the assembly. Because of these two points, in assemblies with short sessions, it’s not very useful, as the same outcome can usually be achieved more easily with the next motion.

(c) Lie on the table. If there is no possibility during the remainder of the session of obtaining a majority vote for taking up the question, then the quickest way of suppressing it is to move “that the question lie on the table;” which, allowing of no debate, enables the majority to instantly lay the question on the table, from which it cannot be taken without their consent.

(c) Lie on the table. If there’s no chance of getting a majority vote on the issue for the rest of the session, the fastest way to shut it down is to propose “that the question lie on the table;” which, with no debate allowed, lets the majority quickly set the question aside, and it can't be brought back up without their agreement.

From its high rank [§ 64] and undebatable character, this motion is very commonly used to suppress a question, but, as shown in § 57 (b), its effect is merely to lay the question aside till the assembly choose to consider it, and it only suppresses the question so long as there is a majority opposed to its consideration.

From its high status [§ 64] and unquestionable nature, this motion is often used to sideline a question. However, as indicated in § 57 (b), its effect is simply to set the question aside until the assembly decides to take it up again, and it only suppresses the question as long as there is a majority against discussing it.

60. To Consider a question a second time. Reconsider. When a question has been once adopted, rejected or suppressed, it cannot be again considered during that session [§ 70], except by a motion to “reconsider the vote” on that question. This motion can only be made by one who voted on the prevailing side, and on the day the vote was taken which it is proposed to reconsider.* [In Congress it can be made on the same or succeeding day; and if the yeas and nays were not taken on the vote, any one can move the reconsideration. The yeas and nays are however ordered on all important votes in Congress, which is not the case in ordinary societies.] It can be made and entered on the minutes in the midst of debate, even when another member has the floor, but cannot be considered until there is no question before the assembly, when, if called up, it takes precedence of every motion except to adjourn and to fix the time to which the assembly shall adjourn.

60. To reconsider a question. If a question has already been adopted, rejected, or set aside, it can't be brought up again during that session [§ 70], unless there is a motion to "reconsider the vote" on that question. This motion can only be made by someone who voted on the winning side, and it must be done on the same day the vote was taken. * [In Congress, this can be done on the same or the following day; and if a recorded vote (yeas and nays) wasn't taken, anyone can request the reconsideration. However, recorded votes are taken on all significant votes in Congress, which isn't the case in regular organizations.] This motion can be proposed and noted in the minutes even during a debate when another member has the floor, but it can't be discussed until there are no other questions before the assembly. When it is called up, it takes priority over all motions except to adjourn or to set the time for the assembly to adjourn.

A motion to reconsider a vote on a debatable question, opens to debate the entire merits of the original motion. If the question to be reconsidered is undebatable, then the reconsideration is undebatable.

A motion to reconsider a vote on a debatable question allows for a discussion of the full merits of the original motion. If the question being reconsidered cannot be debated, then the reconsideration itself also cannot be debated.

If the motion to reconsider is carried, the chairman announces that the question now recurs on the adoption of the question the vote on which has been just reconsidered: the original question is now in exactly the same condition that it was in before the first vote was taken on its adoption, and must be disposed of by a vote.

If the motion to reconsider passes, the chairman announces that the topic is now back on the table for a vote on the adoption of the question that was just reconsidered: the original question is now in exactly the same state it was in before the first vote on its adoption, and it must be decided by a vote.

When a motion to reconsider is entered on the minutes, it need not be called up by the mover till the next meeting, on a succeeding day.* [If the assembly has not adopted these or similar rules, this paragraph would not apply, but this motion to reconsider would, like any other motion, fall to the ground if not acted upon before the close of the session at which the original vote was adopted.] If he fails to call it up then, any one else can do so. But should there be no succeeding meeting, either adjourned or regular, within a month, then the effect of the motion to reconsider terminates with the adjournment of the meeting at which it was made, and any one can call it up at that meeting.

When a motion to reconsider is entered in the minutes, the person who made the motion doesn’t need to bring it up again until the next meeting, on a following day.* [If the assembly hasn’t adopted these or similar rules, this paragraph wouldn’t apply, but this motion to reconsider would, like any other motion, be ineffective if not acted on before the end of the session during which the original vote was taken.] If the mover doesn’t bring it up then, anyone else can. However, if there’s no following meeting, whether adjourned or regular, within a month, the motion to reconsider expires with the adjournment of the meeting where it was made, and anyone can bring it up at that meeting.

In general no motion (except to adjourn) that has been once acted upon, can again be considered during the same session, except by a motion to reconsider. [The motion to adjourn can be renewed if there has been progress in business or debate, and it cannot be reconsidered.] But this rule does not prevent the renewal of any of the motions mentioned in § 64, provided the question before the assembly has in any way changed; for in this case, while the motions are nominally the same, they are in fact different.* [Thus to move to postpone a resolution is a different question from moving to postpone it after it has been amended. A motion to suspend the rules for a certain purpose cannot be renewed at the same meeting, but can be at an adjourned meeting. A call for the orders of the day that has been negatived, cannot be renewed while the question then before the assembly is still under consideration. See Rules of Order, § 27, for many peculiarities of this motion.]

In general, no motion (except to adjourn) that has been acted upon can be reconsidered during the same session, unless there is a motion to reconsider. [The motion to adjourn can be brought up again if there has been progress in business or debate, and it cannot be reconsidered.] However, this rule does not stop the renewal of any of the motions mentioned in § 64, as long as the question before the assembly has changed in any way; because in this situation, while the motions may seem the same on the surface, they are actually different.* [For example, moving to postpone a resolution is a different question than moving to postpone it after it has been amended. A motion to suspend the rules for a specific purpose cannot be renewed at the same meeting but can be at an adjourned meeting. A call for the orders of the day that has been rejected cannot be renewed while the question currently before the assembly is still being considered. See Rules of Order, § 27, for many specifics about this motion.]

61. Order and Rules. (a) Orders of the Day. Sometimes an assembly decides that certain questions shall be considered at a particular time, and when that time arrives those questions constitute what is termed the “orders of the day,” and if any member “calls for the orders of the day,” as it requires no second, the chairman immediately puts the question, thus: “Will the assembly now proceed to the orders of the day?” If carried, the subject under consideration is laid aside, and the questions appointed for that time are taken up in their order. When the time arrives, the chairman may state that fact, and put the above question without waiting for a motion. If the motion fails, the call for the orders of the day cannot be renewed till the subject then before the assembly is disposed of.* [In Congress, a member entitled to the floor cannot be interrupted by a call for the orders of the day. In an ordinary assembly, the most common case where orders of the day are decided upon is where it is necessary to make a programme for the session. When the hour arrives for the consideration of any subject on the programme, these rules permit any member to call for the orders of the day (as described in Rules of Order, § 2) even though another person has the floor. If this were not permitted, it would often be impossible to carry out the programme, though wished for by the majority. A majority could postpone the orders of the day, when called for, so as to continue the discussion of the question then before the assembly. An order as to the time when any subject shall be considered, must not be confounded with the rules of the assembly; the latter must be enforced by the chairman, without they are suspended by a two-thirds vote; the former, in strictness, can only be carried out by the order of a majority of the assembly then present and voting.]

61. Order and Rules. (a) Orders of the Day. Sometimes a group decides that certain topics should be discussed at a specific time. When that time comes, those topics make up what we call the “orders of the day,” and if any member “calls for the orders of the day,” it doesn’t need a second. The chairman immediately asks the question: “Will the assembly now proceed to the orders of the day?” If the vote passes, the current topic is set aside, and the scheduled topics are addressed in order. When the time comes, the chairman can announce that and ask the above question without waiting for a motion. If the motion fails, the call for the orders of the day cannot be repeated until the current topic is resolved.* [In Congress, a member who has the floor cannot be interrupted by a call for the orders of the day. In a regular assembly, the most common scenario for deciding on orders of the day is when a schedule for the session needs to be made. When it’s time to discuss any topic on the agenda, these rules allow any member to call for the orders of the day (as detailed in Rules of Order, § 2) even if someone else has the floor. If this wasn't allowed, it would often be impossible to follow the agenda, even if the majority wanted it. A majority could delay the orders of the day when called for, so the discussion of the current topic can continue. An order about when to discuss a certain topic should not be confused with the assembly's rules; the latter must be enforced by the chairman unless they are suspended by a two-thirds vote; the former can only be enforced by a majority of the assembly members present and voting.]

(b) Special Order. If a subject is of such importance that it is desired to consider it at a special time in preference to the orders of the day and established order of business, then a motion should be made to make the question a “special order” for that particular time. This motion requires a two-thirds vote for its adoption, because it is really a suspension of the rules, and it is in order whenever a motion to suspend the rules is in order. If a subject is a special order for a particular day, then on that day it supersedes all business except the reading of the minutes. A special order can be postponed by a majority vote. If two special orders are made for the same day, the one first made takes precedence.

(b) Special Order. If a topic is so important that it needs to be discussed at a specific time rather than during the usual agenda and order of business, a motion should be made to designate it as a “special order” for that time. This motion needs a two-thirds majority to be approved, as it effectively suspends the rules, and it's allowable whenever a motion to suspend the rules is permitted. If a topic is set as a special order for a certain day, it overrides all business on that day except for reading the minutes. A special order can be delayed with a majority vote. If two special orders are scheduled for the same day, the one proposed first takes priority.

(c) Suspension of the Rules. It is necessary for every assembly, if discussion is allowed, to have rules to prevent its time being wasted, and to enable it to accomplish the object for which the assembly was organized. And yet at times their best interests are subserved by suspending their rules temporarily. In order to do this, some one makes a motion “to suspend the rules that interfere with,” etc., stating the object of the suspension. If this motion is carried by a two-thirds vote, then the particular thing for which the rules were suspended can be done. By “general consent,” that is, if no one objects, the rules can at any time be ignored without the formality of a motion.

(c) Suspension of the Rules. It's essential for any assembly, if discussion is allowed, to have rules in place to prevent wasting time and to help achieve the purpose for which the assembly was created. However, there are times when temporarily putting aside those rules serves their best interests. To do this, someone proposes a motion “to suspend the rules that interfere with,” etc., specifying the reason for the suspension. If this motion passes with a two-thirds vote, the specific action for which the rules were suspended can be taken. By “general consent,” meaning if no one objects, the rules can be ignored at any time without the need for a formal motion.

(d) Questions of Order. It is the duty of the chairman to enforce the rules and preserve order, and when any member notices a breach of order, he can call for the enforcement of the rules. In such cases, when he rises he usually says, “Mr. Chairman, I rise to a point of order.” The chairman then directs the speaker to take his seat, and having heard the point of order, decides the question and permits the first speaker to resume his speech, directing him to abstain from any conduct that was decided to be out of order. When a speaker has transgressed the rules of decorum he cannot continue his speech, if any one objects, without permission is granted him by a vote of the assembly. Instead of the above method, when a member uses improper language, some one says, “I call the gentleman to order;” when the chairman decides as before whether the language is disorderly.

(d) Questions of Order. It’s the chairman's responsibility to enforce the rules and maintain order, and when any member notices a violation of order, they can ask for the rules to be enforced. In such cases, when they stand, they usually say, “Mr. Chairman, I rise to a point of order.” The chairman then tells the speaker to sit down, listens to the point of order, makes a decision on the matter, and allows the first speaker to continue their speech, instructing them to avoid any behavior that was deemed out of order. If a speaker has violated the rules of decorum, they cannot continue their speech, if anyone objects, unless they receive permission through a vote of the assembly. Alternatively, when a member uses inappropriate language, someone may say, “I call the gentleman to order;” the chairman then decides, as before, whether the language is disorderly.

(e) Appeal. While on all questions of order, and of interpretation of the rules and of priority of business, it is the duty of the chairman to first decide the question, it is the privilege of any member to “appeal from the decision.” If the appeal is seconded, the chairman states his decision, and that it has been appealed from, and then states the question, thus: “Shall the decision of the chair stand as the judgment of the assembly?” [or society, convention, etc.]

(e) Appeal. On all matters of order, interpretation of the rules, and priority of business, it's the chairman's responsibility to make the initial decision. However, any member has the right to "appeal the decision." If another member supports the appeal, the chairman will state his decision, note that it has been appealed, and then present the question as follows: “Should the chairman's decision remain the assembly's judgment?” [or society, convention, etc.]

The chairman can then, without leaving the chair, state the reasons for his decision, after which it is open to debate (no member speaking but once), excepting in the following cases, when it is undebatable: (1) When it relates to transgressions of the rules of speaking, or to some indecorum, or to the priority of business; and (2) when the previous question was pending at the time the question of order was raised. After the vote is taken, the chairman states that the decision of the chair is sustained, or reversed, as the case may be.

The chairman can then, without leaving their seat, explain the reasons for their decision. After that, it can be discussed (no member speaks more than once), except in the following cases, which are not open for debate: (1) When it involves violations of speaking rules, any inappropriate behavior, or the order of business; and (2) when the previous question was pending when the question of order was brought up. After the vote is taken, the chairman will announce whether the chair's decision is upheld or overturned, depending on the outcome.

62. Miscellaneous. (a) Reading of papers and (b) Withdrawal of a motion. If a speaker wishes to read a paper, or a member to withdraw his motion after it has been stated by the chair, it is necessary, if any one objects, to make a motion to grant the permission.

62. Miscellaneous. (a) Reading of papers and (b) Withdrawal of a motion. If a speaker wants to read a paper, or if a member wants to withdraw their motion after it's been stated by the chair, and someone objects, it's required to make a motion to obtain permission.

(c) Questions of Privilege. Should any disturbance occur during the meeting, or anything affecting the rights of the assembly or any of the members, any member may “rise to a question of privilege,” and state the matter, which the chairman decides to be, or not to be, a matter of privilege: (from the chairman’s decision of course an appeal can be taken). If the question is one of privilege, it supersedes, for the time being, the business before the assembly; its consideration can be postponed to another time, or the previous question can be ordered on it so as to stop debate, or it can be laid on the table, or referred to a committee to examine and report upon it. As soon as the question of privilege is in some way disposed of, the debate which was interrupted is resumed.

(c) Questions of Privilege. If there's any disruption during the meeting or anything that impacts the rights of the assembly or its members, any member can “rise to a question of privilege” and present the issue. The chairman will then decide if it is a matter of privilege or not (and members can appeal the chairman’s decision). If it's deemed a question of privilege, it takes priority over the current business being discussed; addressing it can be postponed until later, a previous question can be ordered to stop the debate, it can be tabled, or it can be referred to a committee for review and reporting. Once the question of privilege has been handled, the debate that was interrupted will continue.

63. To Close the Meeting. (a) Fix the time to which to adjourn. If it is desired to have an adjourned meeting of the assembly, it is best some time before its close to move, “That when this assembly adjourns, it adjourns to meet at such a time,” specifying the time. This motion can be amended by altering the time, but if made when another question is before the assembly, neither the motion nor the amendment can be debated. If made when no other business is before the assembly, it stands as any other main question, and can be debated. This motion can be made even while the assembly is voting on the motion to adjourn, but not when another member has the floor.

63. To Close the Meeting. (a) Set the time to adjourn. If you want to have a follow-up meeting, it's best to propose, “That when this assembly adjourns, it will reconvene at a specified time,” and include the time. This proposal can be changed by adjusting the time, but if it's made while another issue is being discussed, neither the proposal nor the changes can be debated. If proposed when there’s no other business on the floor, it is treated like any other main issue and can be discussed. This proposal can be made even while the assembly is voting on the adjournment motion, but not when another member is speaking.

(b) Adjourn. In order to prevent an assembly from being kept in session an unreasonably long time, it is necessary to have a rule limiting the time that the floor can be occupied by any one member at one time.* [Ten minutes is allowed by these rules.] When it is desired to close the meeting, without the member who has the floor will yield it, the only resource is to wait till his time expires, and then a member who gets the floor should move “to adjourn.” The motion being seconded, the chairman instantly put the question, as it allows of no amendment or debate; and if decided in the affirmative, he says, “The motion is carried;—this assembly stands adjourned.” If the assembly is one that will have no other meeting, instead of “adjourned,” he says “adjourned without day,” or “sine die.” If previously it had been decided when they adjourned to adjourn to a particular time, then he states that the assembly stands adjourned to that time. If the motion to adjourn is qualified by specifying the time, as, “to adjourn to to-morrow evening,” it cannot be made when any other question is before the assembly; like any other main motion, it can then be amended and debated.** [For the effect of an adjournment upon unfinished business see § 69.]

(b) Adjourn. To prevent a meeting from dragging on for too long, there needs to be a rule that limits how long one member can speak at a time.* [These rules allow for ten minutes.] If someone wants to end the meeting but the member currently speaking won’t yield the floor, the only option is to wait until their time runs out, then a member who takes the floor should motion “to adjourn.” Once this motion is seconded, the chairperson immediately puts the question to a vote, as there’s no chance for amendments or debate; if the vote passes, the chair says, “The motion is carried;—this assembly stands adjourned.” If this assembly won’t be meeting again, the chair says “adjourned without day” or “sine die.” If it had already been decided to adjourn to a specific time, the chair states that the assembly stands adjourned to that time. If the motion to adjourn specifies a time, such as “to adjourn to tomorrow evening,” it can’t be made while another question is being discussed; like any other main motion, it can then be amended and debated.** [For the effect of an adjournment upon unfinished business see § 69.]

64. Order of Precedence of Motions. The ordinary motions rank as follows, and any of them (except to amend) can be made while one of a lower order is pending, but none can supersede one of a higher order:

64. Order of Precedence of Motions. The standard motions are ranked as follows, and any of them (except for amendments) can be introduced while a lower-ranked motion is in progress, but none can override a higher-ranked motion:

To Fix the Time to which to Adjourn.
To Adjourn (when unqualified).
For the Orders of the Day.
To Lie on the Table.
For the Previous Question.
To Postpone to a Certain Time.
To Commit.
To Amend.
To Postpone Indefinitely.

To Set the Time for Adjournment.
To Adjourn (without conditions).
For the Agenda Items.
To Put on Hold.
For the Immediate Question.
To Postpone to a Specific Time.
To Delegate.
To Modify.
To Postpone Indefinitely.

The motion to Reconsider can be made when any other question is before the assembly, but cannot be acted upon until the business then before the assembly is disposed of; when, if called up, it takes precedence of all other motions except to adjourn and to fix the time to which to adjourn. Questions incidental to those before the assembly take precedence of them, and must be acted upon first.

The motion to Reconsider can be made when another issue is being discussed by the assembly, but it can't be addressed until the current business is resolved. When it is brought up, it has priority over all other motions except for those to adjourn and to set a time to adjourn. Matters related to those currently before the assembly take priority over them and must be handled first.

A question of order, a call for the orders of the day, or an objection to the consideration of a question, can be made while another member has the floor: so, too, can a motion to reconsider, but it can only be entered on the minutes at that time, as it cannot supersede the question then before the assembly.

A question of order, a request for the day's agenda, or an objection to discussing a topic can be raised while another member is speaking: likewise, a motion to reconsider can also be proposed, but it can only be recorded in the minutes at that time, as it cannot take precedence over the issue currently being discussed by the assembly.

Art. XIII. Debate.

65. Rules of Speaking in Debate. All remarks must be addressed to the chairman, and must be confined to the question before the assembly, avoiding all personalities and reflections upon any one’s motives. It is usual for permanent assemblies to adopt rules limiting the number of times any member can speak to the same question, and the time allowed for each speech;* [In Congress the House of Representatives allows from each member only one speech of one hour’s length; the Senate allows two speeches without limit as to length.] as otherwise one member, while he could speak only once to the same question, might defeat a measure by prolonging his speech and declining to yield the floor except for a motion to adjourn. In ordinary assemblies two speeches should be allowed each member (except upon an appeal), and these rules also limit the time for each speech to ten minutes. A majority can permit a member to speak oftener or longer whenever it is desired, and the motion granting such permission cannot be debated.

65. Rules of Speaking in Debate. All comments must be directed to the chair and must focus on the topic at hand, avoiding any personal attacks or comments on anyone's motivations. It's common for permanent groups to set rules that limit how many times a member can speak on the same issue and the duration of each speech;* [In Congress, the House of Representatives allows each member only one speech lasting one hour; the Senate allows two speeches with no restriction on length.] Otherwise, one member, while only allowed to speak once on a particular issue, could block a proposal by dragging out their speech and refusing to yield the floor except for a motion to adjourn. In regular meetings, each member should be allowed two speeches (except for an appeal), and these rules also restrict each speech to ten minutes. A majority can allow a member to speak more frequently or for longer whenever desired, and the motion to grant such permission cannot be debated.

However, if greater freedom is wanted, it is only necessary to consider the question informally, or if the assembly is large, go into committee of the whole.* [See Rules of Order, §§ 32, 33.] If on the other hand it is desired to limit the debate more, or close it altogether, it can be done by a two-thirds vote, as shown in § 58 (b).

However, if more freedom is needed, you just have to think about the issue casually, or if the group is large, break into a committee of the whole.* [See Rules of Order, §§ 32, 33.] On the other hand, if you want to restrict the debate more, or end it completely, that can be done with a two-thirds vote, as stated in § 58 (b).

66. Undebatable Questions and those Opening the Main Question to Debate. [A full list of these will be found in § 35, to which the reader is referred. To the undebatable motions in that list, should be added the motion to close or limit debate.]

66. Undebatable Questions and those Opening the Main Question to Debate. [A complete list of these can be found in § 35, which the reader is directed to. In addition to the undebatable motions in that list, the motion to close or limit debate should also be included.]

Art. XIV. Miscellaneous.

67. Forms of Stating and Putting Questions. Whenever a motion has been made and seconded, it is the duty of the chairman, if the motion is in order, to state the question so that the assembly may know what question is before them. The seconding of a motion is required to prevent a question being introduced when only one member is in favor of it, and consequently but little attention is paid to it in mere routine motions, or when it is evident that many are in favor of the motion; in such cases the chairman assumes that the motion is seconded.

67. Ways to State and Ask Questions. Whenever a motion has been made and seconded, it’s the chairman's responsibility, if the motion is appropriate, to present the question so the group knows what’s being discussed. A motion needs to be seconded to ensure that at least one other member supports it, which is why routine motions receive less attention, especially when it's clear that many members agree with the motion; in those situations, the chairman assumes the motion has been seconded.

Often in routine work the chairman puts the question without waiting for even a motion, as few persons like to make such formal motions, and much time would be wasted by waiting for them: (but the chairman can only do this as long as no one objects.) The following motions, however, do not have to be seconded: (a) a call for the orders of the day; (b) a call to order, or the raising of any question of order; and (c) an objection to the consideration of a question.

Often in routine work, the chairman asks questions without waiting for a motion since few people like making formal motions, and a lot of time would be wasted waiting for them. (However, the chairman can only do this if no one objects.) The following motions, however, do not need to be seconded: (a) a call for the orders of the day; (b) a call to order, or raising any question of order; and (c) an objection to considering a question.

One of the commonest forms of stating a question is to say that, “It is moved and seconded that,” and then give the motion. When an amendment has been voted on, the chairman announces the result, and then says, “The question now recurs on the resolution,” or, “on the resolution as amended,” as the case may be. So in all cases, as soon as a vote is taken, he should immediately state the question then before the assembly, if there be any. If the motion is debatable or can be amended, the chairman, usually after stating the question, and always before finally putting it, inquires, “Are you ready for the question?” Some of the common forms of stating and putting questions are shown in §§ 46-48. The forms of putting the following questions, are, however, peculiar:

One of the most common ways to ask a question is to say, "It’s been moved and seconded that," and then present the motion. When an amendment has been voted on, the chairperson announces the outcome and then states, "The question now comes back on the resolution," or, "on the amended resolution," depending on the situation. So, in every case, as soon as a vote is taken, they should quickly state the question currently before the assembly, if there is one. If the motion can be debated or amended, the chairperson, usually after stating the question and always before finalizing it, asks, "Are you ready for the question?" Some common ways to state and put questions are shown in §§ 46-48. However, the ways to present the following questions are unique:

If a motion is made to Strike out certain words, the question is put in this form: “Shall these words stand as a part of the resolution?” so that on a tie vote they are struck out.

If someone motions to remove certain words, the question is phrased like this: “Should these words remain part of the resolution?” Therefore, if the vote is tied, those words will be removed.

If the Previous Question is demanded, it is put thus: “Shall the main question be now put?”

If the Previous Question is called, it's phrased like this: “Should we now vote on the main question?”

If an Appeal is made from the decision of the Chair, the question is put thus: “Shall the decision of the Chair stand as the judgment of the assembly?” [convention, society, etc.] If the Orders of the Day are called for, the question is put thus: “Will the assembly now proceed to the Orders of the Day?”

If someone appeals the Chair's decision, the question is asked like this: “Should the Chair's decision remain as the assembly's judgment?” [convention, society, etc.] If the Orders of the Day are requested, the question is asked like this: “Is the assembly ready to move on to the Orders of the Day?”

When, upon the introduction of a question, some one objects to its consideration, the chairman immediately puts the question thus: “Will the assembly consider it?” or, “Shall the question be considered?” [or discussed.]

When a question is introduced and someone objects to discussing it, the chairman immediately asks, “Will the assembly consider it?” or, “Shall we discuss the question?”

If the vote has been ordered to be taken by yeas and nays, the question is put in a form similar to the following: “As many as are in favor of the adoption of these resolutions, will, when their names are called, answer yes [or aye]—those opposed will answer no.”

If the vote is scheduled to be taken by yeas and nays, the question is presented in a way like this: “Those in favor of adopting these resolutions, when their names are called, will say yes [or aye]—those opposed will say no.”

68. Motions requiring a two-thirds vote.* [See Two-thirds Vote, page 159, and § 39 of Rules of Order.]

68. Motions that need a two-thirds vote.* [See Two-thirds Vote, page 159, and § 39 of Rules of Order.]

All motions that have the effect to make a variation from the established rules and customs, should require a two-thirds vote for their adoption. Among these established customs should be regarded the right of free debate upon the merits of any measure, before the assembly can be forced to take final action upon it. The following motions would come under this rule:

All motions that change the established rules and customs should need a two-thirds vote to be approved. This established custom includes the right to freely debate the merits of any measure before the assembly is required to take final action on it. The following motions would fall under this rule:

To amend or suspend the rules.
To make a special order.
To take up a question out of its proper order.
An objection to the consideration of a question.
The Previous Question, or a motion to limit or close debate.

To change or pause the rules.
To create a special order.
To address a question out of its usual order.
An objection to discussing a question.
The Previous Question, or a motion to restrict or end the debate.

69. Unfinished Business. When an assembly adjourns, the unfinished business comes up at the adjourned meeting, if one is held, as the first business after the reading of the minutes; if there is no adjourned meeting, the unfinished business comes up immediately before new business at the next regular meeting, provided the regular meetings are more frequent than yearly.** [See Rules of Order, § 11, for a fuller explanation of the effect of an adjournment upon unfinished business, and the Congressional practice.] If the meetings are only once a year, the adjournment of the session puts an end to all unfinished business.

69. Unfinished Business. When a meeting ends, any unfinished business will be addressed at the next meeting, if one takes place, as the first item after the minutes are read; if there’s no next meeting, the unfinished business will be brought up right before new business at the next regular meeting, as long as those meetings happen more often than once a year. **[See Rules of Order, § 11, for a more detailed explanation about how adjournment affects unfinished business and the practices in Congress.] If the meetings occur only once a year, adjourning the session ends all unfinished business.

70. Session. Each regular meeting of a society constitutes a separate session. Any meeting which is not an adjournment of another meeting, commences a new session; the session terminates as soon as the assembly “adjourns without day.”* [In ordinary practice, a meeting is closed by moving simply “to adjourn;” the society meet again at the time provided either by their rules or by a resolution of the society. If they do not meet till the time for the next regular meeting, as provided in the By-Laws, then the adjournment closed the session, and was in effect an adjournment without day. If, however, they had previously fixed the time for the next meeting, either by a direct vote, or by adopting a programme of exercises covering several meetings or even days, in either case the adjournment is in effect to a certain day, and does not close the session.]

70. Session. Each regular meeting of a society counts as a separate session. Any meeting that isn’t a continuation of another meeting starts a new session; the session ends as soon as the assembly “adjourns without day.”* [In typical practice, a meeting is concluded by simply moving “to adjourn;” the society reconvenes at a time set by their rules or by a resolution of the society. If they don’t meet until the next scheduled meeting, as stated in the By-Laws, then the adjournment ends the session and acts as an adjournment without a specified date. However, if they had already set the time for the next meeting, either through a vote or by adopting a program of activities for several meetings or days, in either case, the adjournment is effectively to a specific day and does not end the session.]

When an assembly has meetings for several days consecutively, they all constitute one session. Each session of a society is independent of the other sessions, excepting as expressly provided in their Constitution, By-Laws, or Rules of Order, and excepting that resolutions adopted by one session are in force during succeeding sessions until rescinded by a majority vote [see note to § 49].

When a group meets for several consecutive days, they all count as one session. Each session of a society is separate from the others, unless their Constitution, By-Laws, or Rules of Order say otherwise, and except that resolutions passed in one session remain valid in future sessions until they are revoked by a majority vote [see note to § 49].

Where a society holds more than one regular session a year, these rules limit the independence of each session as follows: (a) The Order of Business prescribed in § 72 requires that the minutes of the previous meeting, the reports of committees previously appointed, and the unfinished business of the last session, shall all take precedence of new business, and that no subject can be considered out of its proper order, except by a two-thirds vote; (b) it is allowable to postpone a question to the next session, when it comes up with unfinished business, but it is not allowable to postpone to a day beyond the next session, and thus interfere with the right of the next session to consider the question; (c) a motion to reconsider a vote can be made at one meeting and called up at the next meeting even though it be another session, provided the society holds its regular sessions as frequently as monthly.* [See Rules of Order, § 42, for a full discussion of this subject.]

Where a society meets more than once a year, these rules limit the independence of each meeting as follows: (a) The Order of Business outlined in § 72 requires that the minutes from the previous meeting, reports from committees that were appointed earlier, and any unfinished business from the last meeting must all be addressed before new business. No new topics can be discussed out of order unless there is a two-thirds majority vote; (b) it's allowed to postpone a question to the next meeting when it arises as unfinished business, but it cannot be postponed to a date beyond the next meeting, so as not to interfere with the next meeting's right to consider it; (c) a motion to reconsider a vote can be introduced at one meeting and brought up at the next meeting, even if it's a different session, as long as the society holds regular sessions at least once a month.* [See Rules of Order, § 42, for a full discussion of this subject.]

71. Quorum. [See § 43 for full information on this subject.]

71. Quorum. [See § 43 for complete info on this topic.]

72. Order of Business. Every society should adopt an order of business adapted to its special wants. The following is the usual order where no special rule is adopted, and when more than one regular meeting is held each year:

72. Order of Business. Every group should have a specific agenda that fits its needs. The following is the typical agenda used when no special rules are in place and when there are multiple regular meetings each year:

(1) Reading of the minutes of the last meeting.
(2) Reports of Boards of Trustees or Managers, and Standing Committees.
(3) Reports of Select Committees.
(4) Unfinished Business (including questions postponed to this meeting).
(5) New Business.

(1) Reading of the minutes from the last meeting.
(2) Reports from the Boards of Trustees or Managers, and Standing Committees.
(3) Reports from Select Committees.
(4) Unfinished Business (including questions that were postponed to this meeting).
(5) New Business.

Business cannot be considered out of its order, except by a two-thirds vote; but a majority can lay on the table the different questions as they come up, and thus reach a subject they wish first to consider. If a subject has been made a Special Order for this meeting, then it is to be considered immediately after the minutes are read.

Business cannot be regarded as out of order unless there’s a two-thirds vote; however, a majority can table various questions as they arise and decide on the topic they want to address first. If a topic has been set as a Special Order for this meeting, it should be considered right after the minutes are read.

73. Amendments of Constitutions, By-Laws and Rules of Order, should be permitted only when adopted by a two-thirds vote, at a regular meeting of the society, after having been proposed at the previous regular meeting. If the meetings are very frequent, weekly, for instance, amendments should be adopted only at the quarterly meetings, after having been proposed at the previous quarterly meeting.

73. Changes to Constitutions, By-Laws, and Rules of Order should only be allowed if approved by a two-thirds vote at a regular society meeting, and they must be proposed at the previous regular meeting. If meetings are very frequent, like weekly, changes should only be made at the quarterly meetings after being proposed at the last quarterly meeting.

Legal Rights of Assemblies and the Trial of their Members.

The Right of Deliberative Assemblies to Punish their Members. A deliberative assembly has the inherent right to make and enforce its own laws and punish an offender—the extreme penalty, however, being expulsion from its own body. When expelled, if the assembly is a permanent society, it has a right, for its own protection, to give public notice that the person has ceased to be a member of that society.

The Right of Deliberative Assemblies to Punish their Members. A deliberative assembly has the inherent right to create and enforce its own rules and discipline offenders—the most severe consequence being expulsion from the group. When someone is expelled, if the assembly is a permanent organization, it has the right, for its own protection, to publicly announce that the person is no longer a member of that organization.

But it has no right to go beyond what is necessary for self protection and publish the charges against the member. In a case where a member of a society was expelled, and an officer of the society published, by their order, a statement of the grave charges upon which he had been found guilty, the expelled member recovered damages from the officer, in a suit for libel—the court holding that the truth of the charges did not affect the case.

But it doesn't have the right to go beyond what's necessary for self-protection and publish the allegations against the member. In a situation where a member of a society was expelled, and an officer of the society published, by their order, a statement of the serious allegations that led to their expulsion, the expelled member won damages from the officer in a libel suit—the court ruled that the truth of the allegations didn't matter in this case.

The Right of an Assembly to Eject any one from its place of meeting. Every deliberative assembly has the right to decide who may be present during its session, and when the assembly, either by a rule or by a vote, decides that a certain person shall not remain in the room, it is the duty of the chairman to enforce the rule or order, using whatever force is necessary to eject the party.

The Right of an Assembly to Eject Anyone from Its Meeting Space. Every deliberative assembly has the right to determine who can be present during its session. When the assembly, through a rule or a vote, decides that a specific person should not stay in the room, it is the chairman's responsibility to enforce that rule or order, using whatever force is necessary to remove the individual.

The chairman can detail members to remove the person, without calling upon the police. If, however, in enforcing the order, any one uses harsher treatment than is necessary to remove the person, the courts have held that he, and he alone is liable to prosecution, just the same as a policeman would be under similar circumstances. However badly the man may be abused while being removed from the room, neither the chairman nor the society are liable for damages, as, in ordering his removal, they did not exceed their legal rights.

The chairman can assign members to remove someone without involving the police. However, if anyone uses excessive force while enforcing the removal, the courts have ruled that person is solely responsible for prosecution, just like a police officer would be in similar situations. No matter how poorly the person is treated during their removal from the room, neither the chairman nor the organization can be held liable for damages, since they did not exceed their legal authority in ordering the removal.

Rights of Ecclesiastical Tribunals. Many of our deliberative assemblies are ecclesiastical bodies, and it is important to know how much respect will be paid to their decisions by the civil courts.

Rights of Ecclesiastical Tribunals. Many of our decision-making groups are religious organizations, and it's crucial to understand how much respect the civil courts will give to their decisions.

A church became divided and each party claimed to be the church, and therefore entitled to the church property. The case was taken into the civil courts, and finally, on appeal, to the U. S. Supreme Court, which held the case under advisement for one year, and then reversed the decision of the State Court, because it conflicted with the decision of the highest ecclesiastical court that had acted upon the case. The Supreme Court, in rendering its decision, laid down the broad principle that, when a local church is but a part of a larger and more general organization or denomination, it will accept the decision of the highest ecclesiastical tribunal to which the case has been carried within that general church organization, as final, and will not inquire into the justice or injustice of its decree as between the parties before it. The officers, the ministers, the members, or the church body which the highest judiciary of the denomination recognizes, the court will recognize. Whom that body expels or cuts off, the court will hold to be no longer members of that church.

A church became divided, and each side claimed to be the true church, therefore entitled to the church property. The case went to civil court and, after an appeal, reached the U.S. Supreme Court, which held onto the case for a year before reversing the State Court’s decision because it conflicted with the ruling of the highest church court that had dealt with the case. In delivering its decision, the Supreme Court established the important principle that when a local church is part of a larger organization or denomination, it will accept the decision of the highest church tribunal involved in that organization as final and will not question the fairness of its ruling concerning the parties involved. The court will recognize the officers, ministers, members, or church body that the denomination's highest judiciary acknowledges. Those whom that body expels or removes will be considered no longer members of the church.

Trial of Members of Societies. Every deliberative assembly, having the right to purify its own body, must therefore have the right to investigate the character of its members.

Trial of Members of Societies. Every deliberative assembly, having the right to regulate itself, must also have the right to look into the character of its members.

It can require any of them to testify in the case, under pain of expulsion if they refuse. In § 36 is shown the method of procedure when a member is charged with violating the rules of decorum in debate. If the disorderly words are of a personal nature, before the assembly proceeds to deliberate upon the case, both parties to the personality should retire. It is not necessary for the member objecting to the words to retire, unless he is personally involved in the case.

It can require any of them to testify in the case, with the threat of expulsion if they refuse. In § 36, the method of handling a situation when a member is accused of breaking the rules of decorum in debate is outlined. If the inappropriate comments are personal, both parties involved should step out before the assembly discusses the case. The member objecting to the comments doesn't have to leave unless they are personally involved in the situation.

When the charge is against the member’s character, it is usually referred to a committee of investigation or discipline, or to some standing committee to report upon. Some societies have standing committees, whose duty it is to report cases for discipline whenever any are known to them.

When a member's character is in question, it's usually sent to a committee for investigation or discipline, or to a standing committee for review. Some organizations have standing committees that are responsible for reporting disciplinary cases whenever they arise.

In either case the committee investigate the matter and report to the society. This report need not go into details, but should contain their recommendations as to what action the society should take, and should usually close with resolutions covering the case, so that there is no need for any one to offer any additional resolutions upon it. The ordinary resolutions, where the member is recommended to be expelled, are (1) to fix the time to which the society shall adjourn; and (2) to instruct the clerk to cite the member to appear before the society at this adjourned meeting to show cause why he should not be expelled, upon the following charges, which should then be given.

In either case, the committee will investigate the matter and report to the society. This report doesn’t need to go into details but should include their recommendations on what action the society should take. It should usually conclude with resolutions addressing the case, so there's no need for anyone to propose any additional resolutions about it. The standard resolutions for recommending a member's expulsion are: (1) to set the date for the society's adjournment; and (2) to direct the clerk to summon the member to appear before the society at this adjourned meeting to explain why they shouldn’t be expelled, based on the following charges, which should then be specified.

After charges are preferred against a member and the assembly has ordered that he be cited to appear for trial, he is theoretically under arrest, and is deprived of all the rights of membership until his case is disposed of.

After charges are made against a member and the assembly has ordered that he be summoned to appear for trial, he is, in theory, under arrest and loses all his membership rights until his case is resolved.

The clerk should send the accused a written notice to appear before the society at the time appointed, and should at the same time furnish him with a copy of the charges. A failure to obey the summons is generally cause enough for summary expulsion.

The clerk should send the accused a written notice to appear before the society at the scheduled time, and should also provide them with a copy of the charges. Failing to respond to the summons is usually sufficient reason for immediate expulsion.

At the appointed meeting, what may be called the trial, takes place. Frequently the only evidence required against the member is the report of the committee. After it has been read and any additional evidence offered that the committee may see fit to introduce, the accused should be allowed to make an explanation and introduce witnesses if he so desires. Either party should be allowed to cross-examine the other’s witnesses and introduce rebutting testimony.

At the scheduled meeting, what can be called the trial takes place. Often, the only evidence needed against the member is the report from the committee. After it has been read and any extra evidence the committee chooses to present is introduced, the accused should be given a chance to explain and bring in witnesses if they wish. Both sides should have the opportunity to cross-examine each other’s witnesses and present counter-evidence.

When the evidence is all in, the accused should retire from the room, and the society deliberate upon the question, and finally act by a vote upon the question of expulsion or other punishment proposed.

When all the evidence is gathered, the accused should leave the room, and the group should discuss the matter before ultimately voting on the decision to expel or impose any other proposed punishment.

In acting upon the case, it must be borne in mind that there is a vast distinction between the evidence necessary to convict in a civil court and that required to convict in an ordinary society or ecclesiastical body. A notorious pickpocket could not even be arrested, much less convicted, by a civil court, simply on the ground of being commonly known as a pickpocket; while such evidence would convict and expel him from any ordinary society.

In dealing with the case, it's important to remember that there's a big difference between the evidence needed to convict someone in a civil court and what’s needed to convict in a regular social group or religious organization. A well-known pickpocket couldn't even be arrested, let alone convicted, in a civil court just for being widely recognized as a pickpocket; however, that same evidence would be enough to kick him out of any regular social group.

The moral conviction of the truth of the charge is all that is necessary in an ecclesiastical or other deliberative body, to find the accused guilty of the charges.

The moral certainty of the truth of the accusation is all that’s needed in a church or other decision-making group to declare the accused guilty of the charges.

If the trial is liable to be long and troublesome, or of a very delicate nature, the member is frequently cited to appear before a committee, instead of the society, for trial. In this case the committee report to the society the result of their trial of the case, with resolutions covering the punishment which they recommend the society to adopt.

If the trial is likely to be lengthy and complicated, or very sensitive, the member is often called to appear before a committee rather than the larger society for the trial. In this situation, the committee reports back to the society with the outcome of their proceedings, along with recommendations for the punishment the society should impose.

TABLE OF RULES RELATING TO MOTIONS.

[This Table contains the answers to more than two hundred questions on parliamentary law, and should always be consulted before referring to the body of the Manual.]

[This table has the answers to over two hundred questions about parliamentary law and should always be checked before referring to the main part of the manual.]

Explanation of the Table. A Star shows that the rule heading the column in which it stands, applies to the motion opposite to which it is placed: a blank shows that the rule does not apply: a figure shows that the rule only partially applies, the figure referring to the note on the next page showing the limitations. Take, for example, “Lie on the table:” the Table shows that § 19 of the Pocket Manual treats of this motion; that it is “undebatable” and “cannot be amended;” and that an affirmative vote on it (as shown in note 3) “cannot be reconsidered:” — the four other columns being blank, show that this motion does not “open the main question to debate,” that it does not “require a 2/3 vote,” that it does “require to be seconded,” and that it is not “in order when another member has the floor.”

Explanation of the Table. A star indicates that the rule at the top of the column applies to the opposite motion; a blank indicates that the rule does not apply; a number indicates that the rule only partially applies, with the number referring to the note on the next page that outlines the limitations. For example, “Lie on the table:” the Table shows that § 19 of the Pocket Manual addresses this motion; that it is “undebatable” and “cannot be amended;” and that an affirmative vote on it (as noted in note 3) “cannot be reconsidered.” The four other columns being blank indicate that this motion does not “open the main question to debate,” does not “require a 2/3 vote,” does “require a second,” and is not “in order when another member has the floor.”

The column headed “Requires a two-thirds vote,” applies only where the “Pocket Manual of Rules of Order,” or similar rules, have been adopted. [See “Two-thirds Vote,” on next page, under Miscellaneous Rules.]

The column titled “Requires a two-thirds vote” only applies when the “Pocket Manual of Rules of Order” or similar rules have been adopted. [See “Two-thirds Vote,” on the next page, under Miscellaneous Rules.]

After the note to the Table is some additional information that a chairman should always have at hand, such as the Order of Precedence of Motions, the Forms Of Putting Certain Questions, etc.

After the note to the Table is some extra information that a chairman should always keep handy, like the Order of Precedence of Motions, the Forms of Putting Certain Questions, etc.

In order when another has the floor [§ 2]——————-| Requires no Second [§ 3]—————-| | Requires a 2/3 vote [§ 39]—See Note 1.————-| | | Cannot be Reconsidered [§ 27]———-| | | | Cannot be Amended [§ 23]——-| | | | | Opens Main Question to Debate [§ 35]—-| | | | | | Undebatable [§ 35]-| | | | | | | |- Section in Pocket Manual | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 11 Adjourn ……………………………………… x . x x . . . 10 Adjourn, Fix the Time to which to ………………. 2 . . . . . . 23 Amend ……………………………………….. . . . . . . . 23 Amend an Amendment ……………………………. . . x . . . . 43 Amend the Rules ………………………………. . . . . x . . 14 Appeal, relating to indecorum, etc., [6] ………… x . x . . . x 14 Appeal, all other cases ……………………….. . . x . . . x 14 Call to Order ………………………………… x . x . . x x 37 Close Debate, motion to ……………………….. x . . . x . . 22 Commit ………………………………………. . x . . . . . 31 Extend the limits of debate, motion to ………….. x . . . . . . 10 Fix the Time to which to Adjourn ……………….. 2 . . . . . . 15 Leave to continue speaking when guilty of indecorum x . x . . . . 19 Lie on the Table ……………………………… x . x 3 . . . 37 Limit Debate, motion to ……………………….. x . . . x . . 13 Objection to Consideration of a Question [7] …….. x . x . x x x 13 Orders of the Day, motion for the ………………. x . x . . x x 21 Postpone to a certain time …………………….. 4 . . . . . . 24 Postpone indefinitely …………………………. . x x . . . . 20 Previous Question …………………………….. x . x . x . . 44 Priority of Business, questions relating to ……… x . . . . . . 16 Reading Papers ……………………………….. x . x . . . . 27 Reconsider a debatable question ………………… . x x . . . 5 27 Reconsider an undebatable question ……………… x . x . . . 5 22 Refer (same as Commit) ………………………… . x . . . . . 11 Rise (in Committee equals Adjourn) ……………… x . x x . . . 11 Shall the question be discussed? [7] ……………. x . x . x x x 61 Special Order, to make a ………………………. . . . . x . . 23 Substitute (same as Amend) …………………….. . . . . . . . 18 Suspend the Rules …………………………….. x . x x x . . 59 Take from the table …………………………… x . x 3 . . . 44 Take up a question out of its proper order ………. x . x . x . . 17 Withdrawal of a motion ………………………… x . x . . . .

In order when someone else is speaking [§ 2]——————-| Requires no Second [§ 3]—————-| | Requires a 2/3 vote [§ 39]—See Note 1.————-| | | Cannot be Reconsidered [§ 27]———-| | | | Cannot be Amended [§ 23]——-| | | | | Opens Main Question to Debate [§ 35]—-| | | | | | Undebatable [§ 35]-| | | | | | | |- Section in Pocket Manual | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 11 Adjourn ……………………………………… x . x x . . . 10 Adjourn, Fix the Time to which to ………………. 2 . . . . . . 23 Amend ……………………………………….. . . . . . . . 23 Amend an Amendment ……………………………. . . x . . . . 43 Amend the Rules ………………………………. . . . . x . . 14 Appeal, relating to indecorum, etc., [6] ………… x . x . . . x 14 Appeal, all other cases ……………………….. . . x . . . x 14 Call to Order ………………………………… x . x . . x x 37 Close Debate, motion to ……………………….. x . . . x . . 22 Commit ………………………………………. . x . . . . . 31 Extend the limits of debate, motion to ………….. x . . . . . . 10 Fix the Time to which to Adjourn ……………….. 2 . . . . . . 15 Leave to continue speaking when guilty of indecorum x . x . . . . 19 Lie on the Table ……………………………… x . x 3 . . . 37 Limit Debate, motion to ……………………….. x . . . x . . 13 Objection to Consideration of a Question [7] …….. x . x . x x x 13 Orders of the Day, motion for the ………………. x . x . . x x 21 Postpone to a certain time …………………….. 4 . . . . . . 24 Postpone indefinitely …………………………. . x x . . . . 20 Previous Question …………………………….. x . x . x . . 44 Priority of Business, questions relating to ……… x . . . . . . 16 Reading Papers ……………………………….. x . x . . . . 27 Reconsider a debatable question ………………… . x x . . . 5 27 Reconsider an undebatable question ……………… x . x . . . 5 22 Refer (same as Commit) ………………………… . x . . . . . 11 Rise (in Committee equals Adjourn) ……………… x . x x . . . 11 Shall the question be discussed? [7] ……………. x . x . x x x 61 Special Order, to make a ………………………. . . . . x . . 23 Substitute (same as Amend) …………………….. . . . . . . . 18 Suspend the Rules …………………………….. x . x x x . . 59 Take from the table …………………………… x . x 3 . . . 44 Take up a question out of its proper order ………. x . x . x . . 17 Withdrawal of a motion ………………………… x . x . . . .

Notes To The Table.

(1) This column only applies to assemblies that have adopted these Rules. If no rules are adopted, a majority vote is sufficient for the adoption of any motion, except to “suspend the rules,” which requires a unanimous vote. [See Two-thirds Vote, below.]

(1) This column only applies to groups that have accepted these Rules. If no rules are accepted, a majority vote is enough for the adoption of any motion, except to “suspend the rules,” which needs a unanimous vote. [See Two-thirds Vote, below.]

(2) Undebatable if made when another question is before the assembly.

(2) It's undeniable if it's made when another question is currently in front of the assembly.

(3) An affirmative vote on this motion cannot be reconsidered.

(3) A yes vote on this motion cannot be reconsidered.

(4) Allows of but limited debate upon the propriety of the postponement.

(4) Allows only a limited discussion about whether the postponement is appropriate.

(5) Can be moved and entered on the record when another has the floor, but cannot interrupt the business then before the assembly; it must be made on the day the original vote was taken, and by one who voted with the prevailing side.

(5) Can be moved and entered into the record when someone else is speaking, but cannot interrupt the business currently being discussed; it must be made on the day the original vote was taken and by someone who voted with the winning side.

(6) An appeal is undebatable only when relating to indecorum, or to transgressions of the rules of speaking, or to the priority of business, or when made while the Previous Question is pending. When debatable, only one speech from each member is permitted.

(6) An appeal is not open for debate only when it involves bad manners, breaking speaking rules, the order of business, or when it’s made while the Previous Question is still on the table. When it is debatable, each member is allowed only one speech.

(7) The objection can only be made when the question is first introduced, before debate.

(7) The objection can only be raised when the question is first presented, before the discussion.

MISCELLANEOUS RULES.

Order of Precedence of Motions.

The ordinary motions rank as follows, and any of them (except to amend) can be made while one of a lower order is pending, but none can supercede one of a higher order:

The regular motions are ranked as follows, and any of them (except for amending) can be made while one of a lower rank is pending, but none can replace one of a higher rank:

To Fix the Time to which to Adjourn.
To Adjourn (when unqualified).
For the Orders of the Day.
To Lie on the Table.
For the Previous Question.
To Postpone to a Certain Time.
To Commit.
To Amend.
To Postpone Indefinitely.

To Set the Time for the Next Meeting.
To End the Meeting (when no further discussion is needed).
For the Agenda Items.
To Keep on Hold.
For the Immediate Question.
To Delay to a Specific Time.
To Delegate.
To Modify.
To Delay Indefinitely.

The motion to Reconsider can be made when any other question is before the assembly, but cannot be acted upon until the business then before the assembly is disposed of [see note 5 above], when, if called up, it takes precedence of all other motions except to adjourn and to fix the time to which to adjourn. Questions incidental to those before the assembly, take precedence of them and must be acted upon first.

The motion to Reconsider can be made when any other question is on the table, but it can't be addressed until the current business is settled [see note 5 above]. Once it's brought up, it takes priority over all other motions except for adjourning and setting a time to adjourn. Questions related to those currently being discussed take priority and must be dealt with first.

Two-thirds Vote.

In Congress the only motions requiring a two-thirds vote, are to suspend or amend the Rules, to take up business out of its proper order, and to make a special order. In ordinary societies harmony is so essential, that a two-thirds vote should be required to force the assembly to a final vote upon a resolution without allowing free debate. The Table conforms to the Rules of Order, which are based upon this principle. If an assembly has adopted no Rules of Order, then a majority vote is sufficient for the adoption of any motion, except to “suspend the rules,” which would require a unanimous vote.

In Congress, the only motions that need a two-thirds vote are to suspend or change the Rules, to take up business out of its usual order, and to establish a special order. In regular organizations, maintaining harmony is so important that a two-thirds vote should be needed to force the assembly to make a final decision on a resolution without allowing open discussion. The Table follows the Rules of Order, which are based on this principle. If an assembly hasn't adopted any Rules of Order, then a majority vote is enough to pass any motion, except to “suspend the rules,” which would need a unanimous vote.

Forms of Putting Certain Questions.

If a motion is made to Strike out certain words, the question is put in this form: “Shall these words stand as a part of the resolution?” so that on a tie vote they are struck out.

If someone proposes to remove certain words, the question is asked like this: “Should these words remain part of the resolution?” This way, if there’s a tie vote, the words will be removed.

If the Previous Question is demanded, it is put thus: “Shall the main question now be put?”

If someone asks for the Previous Question, it is stated like this: “Should we vote on the main question now?”

If an Appeal is made from the decision of the Chair, the question is put thus: “Shall the decision of the Chair stand as the judgement of the assembly?” [convention, society, etc.].

If an appeal is made from the Chair's decision, the question is put like this: “Should the Chair's decision be upheld as the judgment of the assembly?” [convention, society, etc.].

If the Orders of the Day are called for, the question is put thus: “Will the assembly now proceed to the Orders of the Day?”

If the Orders of the Day are called for, the question is asked like this: “Is the assembly ready to move on to the Orders of the Day?”

When, upon the introduction of a question, some one objects to its consideration, the chairman immediately puts the question thus: “Will the assembly consider it?” or “Shall the question be considered?” [or discussed.]

When someone raises a question and another person objects to discussing it, the chairman immediately asks: “Will the assembly consider it?” or “Should we discuss this question?”

If the vote has been ordered to be taken by yeas and nays, the question is put in a form similar to the following: “As many as are in favor of the adoption of these resolutions, will, when their names are called, answer yes [or aye]—those opposed will answer no.”

If the vote is called for by yeas and nays, the question is presented in a format like this: “Those in favor of adopting these resolutions, when your names are called, please say yes [or aye]—those against will say no.”

Various Forms of Amendments.

An Amendment may be either (1) by “adding” or (2) by “striking out” words or paragraphs; or (3) by “striking out certain words and inserting others;” or (4) by “substituting” a different motion on the same subject; or (5) by “dividing the question” into two or more questions, so as to get a separate vote on any particular point or points.

An amendment can be made by (1) “adding” words or paragraphs; (2) “removing” words or paragraphs; (3) “removing certain words and adding others;” (4) “replacing” a different motion on the same topic; or (5) “splitting the question” into two or more questions, so that there’s a separate vote on any specific point or points.

Additions and Corrections.

[These corrections, though mostly contained in other parts of the Manual, are also needed in the places here indicated.]

[These corrections, while mainly found in other sections of the Manual, are also necessary in the spots mentioned here.]

19th page, 7th line, after “§ 13” insert a star referring to this note: “See note to § 61.”
50th ” 2d line of last note, omit all after “reconsideration.”
51st ” at end of 12th line, insert “upon another day.”
” ” 10th line, insert a star, referring to this note: “In Congress the effect always terminates with the session, and it cannot be called up by any one but the mover, until the expiration of the time during which it is in order to move a reconsideration.”
69th ” 4th line, after “§ 34,” insert “or limiting or closing debate.”
72d ” 17th line, insert a star referring to this note: “If both are personally interested. [See p. 161.]”
73d ” last line of note, insert “final” before “vote.”
80th ” add to the list in § 39 the motion “To make a special order.”

19th page, 7th line, after “§ 13” insert a star referring to this note: “See note to § 61.”
50th ” 2nd line of last note, omit all after “reconsideration.”
51st ” at end of 12th line, insert “on another day.”
” ” 10th line, insert a star, referring to this note: “In Congress, the effect always ends with the session, and it can't be brought up by anyone except the mover until the time for moving a reconsideration has expired.”
69th ” 4th line, after “§ 34,” insert “or limiting or closing debate.”
72nd ” 17th line, insert a star referring to this note: “If both are personally interested. [See p. 161.]”
73rd ” last line of note, insert “final” before “vote.”
80th ” add to the list in § 39 the motion “To make a special order.”

INDEX.

The figures from 1 to 45 refer to sections in Part I; those greater than 45, to sections in Part II. A complete list of motions will be found in the Index, under the title Motions, list of. The arrangement of the work can be most easily seen by examining the Table of Contents [pp. 5-8]; its plan is explained in the Introduction, pp. 12-15. SECTION.

The numbers from 1 to 45 refer to sections in Part I; those above 45 refer to sections in Part II. A complete list of motions can be found in the Index under the title "Motions, list of." The layout of the work is easiest to understand by looking at the Table of Contents [pp. 5-8]; its structure is explained in the Introduction, pp. 12-15. SECTION.

Adjourn, motion to ……………………………………… 11, 63b
  when in order ………………………………………… 11, 64
  effect upon unfinished business ………………………… 11, 69
  motion to “fix the time to which to adjourn” ……………… 10, 63
Amendment, motion to “amend” ……………………………. 23, 56a
  by “adding” or “striking out” ………………………….. 23, 56a
  by “striking out and inserting” ………………………… 23, 56a
  by “substituting” …………………………………….. 23, 56a
  by “dividing the question” ………………………….. 4, 23, 56a
  of an amendment ………………………………………. 23, 56a
  in committee ………………………………………….. 28, 53
  in committee of the whole …………………………………. 32
  of reports or propositions with several paragraphs ……….. 44, 48b
  of Rules of Order, By-Laws and Constitutions ……………… 45, 73
  motions that cannot be amended …………………………. 23, 56a
Announcing the vote. See Forms.
Appeal from the decision of the chair …………………….. 14, 61e
Apply, meaning of (Introduction, page 14).
Assembly, how organized ………………………………. 46, 47, 48
  the word to be replaced by Society, Convention, etc.,
    when it occurs in forms of questions, p 16.
  legal rights of, pp. 158-163.
  right to punish members, p. 158.
  right to eject persons from their room, p. 159.
  trial of members, p. 160.
Ayes and Noes. See Yeas and Nays, § 38.
Ballot …………………………………………………….. 38
Blanks, filling of ………………………………………….. 25
  in balloting, not to be counted …………………………….. 38
Boards of Trustees, Managers, etc., their reports in
  order when reports of standing committees are made ………… 44, 72
  (See Quorum.)
Business, introduction of ……………………………….. 1-5, 54
  order of ……………………………………………… 44, 72
  unfinished, effect of an adjournment upon ………………… 11, 69
     [See Priority of Business.]
By-Laws, what they should contain …………………………….. 49
  adoption of ……………………………………………… 46a
  amendment of ………………………………………….. 45, 73
Chairman, duties of ……………………………………… 40, 50
  election of ……………………………………………… 46a
  temporary …………………………………………….. 40, 47
  of a committee ………………………………………… 28, 53
of committee of the whole ……………………………………. 32
Change of Vote allowed before result is announced ………………. 38
Classification of Motions according to their object …………….. 55
  into Privileged, Incidental, Subsidiary, etc. ……………….. 6-9
Clerk, duties of ………………………………………… 41, 51
  additional duties of when receiving money ……………………. 52
  election of ……………………………………………… 46a
Commit, motion to ………………………………………. 22, 56b
Committees, appointment of ………………………………. 22, 46c
  how they should be composed …………………………….. 22, 53
  object of …………………………………………….. 28, 53
  manner of conducting business in ………………………… 28, 53
  Reports of, their form …………………………………. 29, 53
    their reception …………………………………….. 30, 46c
    their adoption ……………………………………… 31, 46c
    their place in the order of business …………………… 44, 72
    common errors in acting upon (note) …………………… 30, 46c
  Minority Reports of, their form …………………………. 29, 53
    to be acted upon must be moved as a substitute
      for the committee’s report ………………………….. 28, 53
  of the whole ……………………………………………… 32
  as if in committee of the whole …………………………….. 33
Congress, rules of, the basis of this work, pp. 10-12.
Consideration of a question, objection to …………………. 15, 59a
Constitutions, what they should contain ……………………….. 49
  adoption of by a society ………………………………….. 48b
  amendment of ………………………………………….. 45, 73
Convention, manner of organizing and conducting a
    meeting of …………………………………………….. 47
Credentials of delegates …………………………………….. 47
Debate, what precedes …………………………………….. 3, 54
  no member to speak but twice in same …………………….. 34, 65
  no member to speak longer than ten minutes at one
    time ……………………………………………….. 34, 65
  a majority can extend the number and length of
    speeches allowed ……………………………………. 34, 65
  number of speeches and time allowed in Congress
    (note) ……………………………………………… 34, 65
  member introducing measure has right to close ………………… 34
  list of undebatable questions …………………………… 35, 66
  motions that open the main question to ………………………. 35
  principles regulating the extent of (see note) ……………….. 35
  decorum in ……………………………………………. 36, 65
  closing or limiting ……………………………………. 37, 58
Decorum in debate ……………………………………….. 36, 65
Definitions of various terms [Introduction, p. 15].
Delegates, organization of a meeting of ……………………….. 47
Division of the assembly …………………………………….. 38
  of questions [see Amendment] ……………………………. 4, 56a
Ecclesiastical Tribunals, legal rights of, p. 159.
Election of Officers ……………………………………. 46a, 47
Fix the time to which to Adjourn, motion to ……………….. 10, 63a
Floor, how to obtain ……………………………………… 2, 54
Forms of making motions ………………………………….. 46, 54
  of stating and putting questions ………………………… 38, 67
  of announcing the result of a vote ………………………. 38, 54
  of reports of committees ……………………………….. 29, 53
  of treasurers’ reports …………………………………….. 52
  of minutes of a meeting ………………………………… 41, 51
  of conducting an occasional or mass meeting ………………….. 46
  of conducting a meeting of delegates ………………………… 47
  of conduction a meeting to organize a society ………………… 48
  of conducting an ordinary meeting of a society ………………. 48b
Incidental questions …………………………………………. 8
Indefinite postponement …………………………………. 24, 59b
Informal consideration of a question ………………………….. 33
Introduction of Business ………………………………… 1-5, 54
Journal, or minutes ……………………………………… 41, 51
Legal Rights. See Assembly and Ecclesiastical Tribunals.
Lie on the table, motion to …………………………. 19, 57b, 59c
Main question ……………………………………………….. 6
Majority. See Two-thirds and Quorum.
Meeting, distinction between it and session ………………… 42, 70
    [See also Introduction, page 15.]
  how to conduct. See Forms.
Members not to be present during a debate or vote
  concerning themselves ……………………………………… 36
  trial of, p. 160.
Minority Report. See Committees.
Minutes, form and contents of …………………………….. 41, 51
Moderator. See Chairman.
Modification of a motion by the mover ………………………….. 5
Motions, list of. [For details, see each motion in the Index.]
  Adjourn ……………………………………………… 11, 63b
  Adjourn, Fix the time to which to ………………………. 10, 63a
  Amend ……………………………………………….. 23, 56a
  Adopt a report (same as accept or agree to) ……………… 31, 46c
  Appeal ………………………………………………. 14, 61e
  Blanks, filling …………………………………………… 25
  Call to order ………………………………………… 14, 61d
  Close debate ………………………………………….. 37, 58
  Commit ………………………………………………. 22, 56b
  Consideration of a question, objection to ………………. 15, 59a
  Divide the question ………………………………… 4, 23, 56a
  Extend the limits of debate …………………………….. 34, 65
  Fix the time to which to adjourn ……………………….. 10, 63a
  Incidental motions or questions ……………………………… 8
  Indefinitely postpone …………………………………. 24, 59b
  Informal consideration of a question ………………………… 33
  Leave to continue speech when guilty of indecorum …………….. 36
  Leave to withdraw a motion …………………………….. 17, 62b
  Lie on the table …………………………………. 19, 57b, 59c
  Limit Debate …………………………………………. 37, 58b
  Main motions or questions …………………………………… 6
  Objection to the consideration of a question …………….. 15, 59a
  Order, questions of …………………………………… 14, 61d
  Orders of the day …………………………………….. 13, 61a
  Orders, special ………………………………………….. 61b
  Postpone to a certain day ……………………………… 21, 57a
  Postpone indefinitely …………………………………. 24, 59b
  Previous question …………………………………….. 20, 58a
  Principal motions or questions ………………………………. 6
  Priority of Business, questions relating to ………………….. 35
  Privileged motions or questions ……………………………… 9
  Privilege, questions of ……………………………….. 12, 62c
  Reading papers ………………………………………… 16, 62
  Reception of a report [see Committees] ………………….. 30, 46c
  Recommit [same as Commit] ………………………………. 22, 56
  Reconsider ……………………………………………. 27, 60
  Refer [same as Commit] ………………………………… 22, 56b
  Renewal of a motion ……………………………………. 26, 60
  Rise [in committee, equals adjourn] ……………………… 11, 32
  Shall the question be considered? [or discussed] …………. 15, 59a
  Special Order, to make a ………………………………….. 61b
  Strike out [see Amendment] …………………………….. 23, 56a
  Subsidiary motions or questions ……………………………… 7
  Substitute (same as Amendment, which see) ……………….. 23, 56a
  Suspension of the Rules ……………………………….. 18, 61c
  Take from the table [see Lie on the table] ………………. 19, 57b
  Take up a question out of its proper order ……………….. 44, 72
  Withdrawal of a motion …………………………………. 17, 62
Motions, tabular view of rules relating to, page 166.
  classified according to their object ………………………… 55
  classified into Privileged, Incidental, Subsidiary, etc. ……… 6-9
  order of precedence of [see each motion, §§ 10-27] ……………. 64
  how to be made …………………………………… 1, 2, 46, 54
  a second required (with certain exceptions) ……………….. 3, 67
  to be stated by chairman before being discussed ……………. 3, 54
  when to be in writing …………………………………… 4, 54
  how to be divided ………………………………………….. 4
  how to be modified by the mover ……………………….. 3, 5, 17
  how to be stated and put to the question …………………. 38, 67
  that cannot be amended ………………………………… 23, 56a
  that cannot be debated …………………………………. 35, 66
  that open main question to debate …………………………… 35
  that require two-thirds vote for their adoption …………… 39, 68
Nominations, how treated ………………………………… 25, 46a
Numbers of paragraphs to be corrected by clerk without
  a vote …………………………………………………… 23
Objection to the consideration (discussion or introduction
  of a question ………………………………………… 15, 59a
Officers of an assembly. See Chairman, Clerk, Treasurer
  and Vice-Presidents.
Order, questions of and a call to ………………………… 14, 61d
  of business …………………………………………… 44, 72
  of the day …………………………………………… 13, 61a
    distinction between, and rules of the assembly (note) ………. 61a
  special …………………………………………………. 61b
  of precedence of motions. See Precedence.
Organization of an occasional or mass meeting …………………. 46a
  of a convention or assembly of delegates …………………….. 47
  of a permanent society …………………………………….. 48
Papers and documents, reading of ………………………….. 16, 62
  in custody of clerk ……………………………………. 41, 51
Parliamentary Law, its origin, etc., (Introduction. p. 9.)
Plan of the Manual, (Introduction, page 12.)
  of Part I, Rules of Order, (Introduction, page 13.)
  of Part II, Organization and Conduct of Business,
    (Introduction, page 14.)
Postpone to a certain time ………………………………. 21, 57a
indefinitely …………………………………………. 24, 59b
Preamble, considered after the rest of a paper …………………. 44
Precedence of motions [see each motion, §§ 10-27] ………………. 64
meaning of, (Introduction, page 14.)
Presiding Officer. See Chairman.
Previous Question ………………………………………. 20, 58a
Principal (or main) question ………………………………….. 6
Priority of Business, questions relating to are undebatable ……… 35
Privilege, questions of …………………………………. 12, 62c
Privileged questions …………………………………………. 9
Putting the question, form of …………………………….. 38, 67
Questions. See Forms, Motions, Privilege and Order.
Quorum, when there is no rule, consists of a majority …………… 43
committees and boards cannot decide upon …………………….. 43
Reading of Papers ……………………………………….. 16, 62
Reception of a report. See Committees.
Re-commit (same as Commit) ………………………………. 22, 56b
Reconsider ……………………………………………… 27, 60
Record, or minutes ………………………………………. 41, 51
Recording officer. See Clerk.
Refer [same as Commit] ………………………………….. 22, 56b
Renewal of a motion ……………………………………… 26, 60
Reports of committees. See Committees.
Rights of assemblies. See Assembly.
of ecclesiastical tribunals, p. 159.
Rise, motion to, in committee, equals adjourn ………………. 11, 32
Rules of debate. See Debate.
of Order, amendment of …………………………………. 45, 73
of Order, what they should contain ………………………….. 49
standing, what they should contain ………………………….. 49
suspension of ………………………………………… 18, 61c
relating to motions, tabular view of p. 166.
Seconding, motions that do not require ……………………… 3, 67
Secretary. See Clerk.
Session [See also Meeting] ……………………………….. 42, 70
Shall the question be considered (or discussed) ……………. 15, 59a
Speaking, rules of, See Debate.
Special Order ……………………………………………… 61b
Standing Rules ……………………………………………… 49
Stating a question, form of ………………………………. 38, 67
Strike out (see Amendment) ………………………………. 23, 56a
Subsidiary motions or questions ……………………………….. 7
Substitute (see Amendment) ………………………………. 23, 56a
Sum, largest, first put ……………………………………… 25
Suspension of the rules …………………………………. 18, 61c
Table of Rules relating to motions, p. 166.
Take from the table, motion to …………………………… 19, 57b
Time, longest, first put …………………………………….. 25
Treasurer, duties of ………………………………………… 52
Trial of Members, p. 160.
Two-thirds vote, motions requiring ………………………… 39, 68
Undebatable Questions ……………………………………. 35, 66
Unfinished business, effect of adjournment upon …………….. 11, 69
  its place in the order of business ………………………. 44, 72
Vice-Presidents ……………………………………………. 46d
Vote, form of announcing [see also Forms] ………………….. 38, 54
  motions requiring more than a majority …………………… 39, 68
  change of, permitted before result is announced ………………. 38
Voting, various methods of …………………………………… 38
Withdrawal of a motion …………………………………… 17, 62
Yeas and Nays, voting by …………………………………….. 38
Yields, meaning of, (Introduction, page 14.)

Adjourn, motion to ……………………………………… 11, 63b
  when in order ………………………………………… 11, 64
  effect on unfinished business ………………………… 11, 69
  motion to “set the time to which to adjourn” ……………… 10, 63
Amendment, motion to “amend” ……………………………. 23, 56a
  by “adding” or “removing” ………………………….. 23, 56a
  by “removing and inserting” ………………………… 23, 56a
  by “substituting” …………………………………….. 23, 56a
  by “dividing the question” ………………………….. 4, 23, 56a
  of an amendment ………………………………………. 23, 56a
  in committee ………………………………………….. 28, 53
  in committee of the whole …………………………………. 32
  of reports or proposals with several paragraphs ……….. 44, 48b
  of Rules of Order, By-Laws, and Constitutions ……………… 45, 73
  motions that cannot be amended …………………………. 23, 56a
Announcing the vote. See Forms.
Appeal from the chair’s decision …………………….. 14, 61e
Apply, meaning of (Introduction, page 14).
Assembly, how organized ………………………………. 46, 47, 48
  the term to be replaced by Society, Convention, etc.,
    when used in formal questions, p 16.
  legal rights of, pp. 158-163.
  right to discipline members, p. 158.
  right to remove individuals from their space, p. 159.
  trial of members, p. 160.
Ayes and Noes. See Yeas and Nays, § 38.
Ballot …………………………………………………….. 38
Blanks, filling of ………………………………………….. 25
  in voting, not counted ……………………………….. 38
Boards of Trustees, Managers, etc., their reports in
  order when standing committee reports are made ………… 44, 72
  (See Quorum.)
Business, introduction of ……………………………….. 1-5, 54
  order of ……………………………………………… 44, 72
  unfinished, effect of adjournment on ………………… 11, 69
     [See Priority of Business.]
By-Laws, what they should include …………………………….. 49
  adoption of ……………………………………………… 46a
  amendment of ………………………………………….. 45, 73
Chairman, duties of ……………………………………… 40, 50
  election of ……………………………………………… 46a
  temporary …………………………………………….. 40, 47
  of a committee ………………………………………… 28, 53
of committee of the whole ……………………………………. 32
Change of Vote allowed before announcement of result ………………. 38
Classification of Motions according to their purpose …………….. 55
  into Privileged, Incidental, Subsidiary, etc. ……………….. 6-9
Clerk, duties of ………………………………………… 41, 51
  additional duties when handling money ……………………. 52
  election of ……………………………………………… 46a
Commit, motion to ………………………………………. 22, 56b
Committees, appointment of ………………………………. 22, 46c
  how they should be structured …………………………….. 22, 53
  purpose of …………………………………………….. 28, 53
  how to conduct business in ………………………… 28, 53
  Reports of, their format …………………………………. 29, 53
    their reception …………………………………….. 30, 46c
    their approval ……………………………………… 31, 46c
    their place in the order of business …………………… 44, 72
    common mistakes in handling (note) …………………… 30, 46c
  Minority Reports of, their format …………………………. 29, 53
    to be addressed must be moved as a substitute
      for the committee’s report ………………………….. 28, 53
  of the whole ……………………………………………… 32
  as if in committee of the whole …………………………….. 33
Congress, rules of, the basis of this work, pp. 10-12.
Consideration of a question, objection to …………………. 15, 59a
Constitutions, what they should include ……………………….. 49
  adoption by a society ………………………………….. 48b
  amendment of ………………………………………….. 45, 73
Convention, method of organizing and running a
    meeting of …………………………………………….. 47
Credentials of delegates …………………………………….. 47
Debate, what comes before …………………………………….. 3, 54
  no member to speak more than twice in same ………………….. 34, 65
  no member to speak longer than ten minutes at one
    time ……………………………………………….. 34, 65
  a majority can extend the number and length of
    allowed speeches ……………………………………. 34, 65
  number of speeches and time allowed in Congress
    (note) ……………………………………………… 34, 65
  member introducing measure has right to conclude ………………… 34
  list of non-debatable questions …………………………… 35, 66
  motions that open the main question to ………………………. 35
  principles regulating the extent of (see note) ……………….. 35
  decorum in ……………………………………………. 36, 65
  closing or limiting ……………………………………. 37, 58
Decorum in debate ……………………………………….. 36, 65
Definitions of various terms [Introduction, p. 15].
Delegates, organizing a meeting of ……………………….. 47
Division of the assembly …………………………………….. 38
  of questions [see Amendment] ……………………………. 4, 56a
Ecclesiastical Tribunals, legal rights of, p. 159.
Election of Officers ……………………………………. 46a, 47
Fix the time to which to Adjourn, motion to ……………….. 10, 63a
Floor, how to obtain ……………………………………… 2, 54
Forms of making motions ………………………………….. 46, 54
  of stating and putting questions ………………………… 38, 67
  of announcing the result of a vote ………………………. 38, 54
  of reports of committees ……………………………….. 29, 53
  of treasurer’s reports …………………………………….. 52
  of minutes of a meeting ………………………………… 41, 51
  of running an occasional or mass meeting ………………….. 46
  of running a meeting of delegates ………………………… 47
  of conducting a meeting to form a society ………………… 48
  of running a regular meeting of a society ………………. 48b
Incidental questions …………………………………………. 8
Indefinite postponement …………………………………. 24, 59b
Informal consideration of a question ………………………….. 33
Introduction of Business ………………………………… 1-5, 54
Journal, or minutes ……………………………………… 41, 51
Legal Rights. See Assembly and Ecclesiastical Tribunals.
Lie on the table, motion to …………………………. 19, 57b, 59c
Main question ……………………………………………….. 6
Majority. See Two-thirds and Quorum.
Meeting, distinction between it and session ………………… 42, 70
    [See also Introduction, page 15.]
  how to conduct. See Forms.
Members not to be present during a debate or vote
  involving themselves ……………………………………… 36
  trial of, p. 160.
Minority Report. See Committees.
Minutes, form and contents of …………………………….. 41, 51
Moderator. See Chairman.
Modification of a motion by the mover ………………………….. 5
Motions, list of. [For details, see each motion in the Index.]
  Adjourn ……………………………………………… 11, 63b
  Adjourn, Fix the time to which to ………………………. 10, 63a
  Amend ……………………………………………….. 23, 56a
  Adopt a report (same as accept or agree to) ……………… 31, 46c
  Appeal ………………………………………………. 14, 61e
  Blanks, filling …………………………………………… 25
  Call to order ………………………………………… 14, 61d
  Close debate ………………………………………….. 37, 58
  Commit ………………………………………………. 22, 56b
  Consideration of a question, objection to ………………. 15, 59a
  Divide the question ………………………………… 4, 23, 56a
  Extend the limits of debate …………………………….. 34, 65
  Fix the time to which to adjourn ……………………….. 10, 63a
  Incidental motions or questions ……………………………… 8
  Indefinitely postpone …………………………………. 24, 59b
  Informal consideration of a question ………………………… 33
  Leave to continue speech when guilty of indecorum …………….. 36
  Leave to withdraw a motion …………………………….. 17, 62b
  Lie on the table …………………………………. 19, 57b, 59c
  Limit Debate …………………………………………. 37, 58b
  Main motions or questions …………………………………… 6
  Objection to the consideration of a question …………….. 15, 59a
  Order, questions of …………………………………… 14, 61d
  Orders of the day …………………………………….. 13, 61a
  Orders, special ………………………………………….. 61b
  Postpone to a certain day ……………………………… 21, 57a
  Postpone indefinitely …………………………………. 24, 59b
  Previous question …………………………………….. 20, 58a
  Principal motions or questions ………………………………. 6
  Priority of Business, questions relating to ………………….. 35
  Privileged motions or questions ……………………………… 9
  Privilege, questions of ……………………………….. 12, 62c
  Reading papers ………………………………………… 16, 62
  Reception of a report [see Committees] ………………….. 30, 46c
  Recommit [same as Commit] ………………………………. 22, 56
  Reconsider ……………………………………………. 27, 60
  Refer [same as Commit] ………………………………… 22, 56b
  Renewal of a motion ……………………………………. 26, 60
  Rise [in committee, equals adjourn] ……………………… 11, 32
  Shall the question be considered? [or discussed] …………. 15, 59a
  Special Order, to make a ………………………………….. 61b
  Strike out [see Amendment] …………………………….. 23, 56a
  Subsidiary motions or questions ……………………………… 7
  Substitute (same as Amendment, which see) ……………….. 23, 56a
  Suspension of the Rules ……………………………….. 18, 61c
  Take from the table [see Lie on the table] ………………. 19, 57b
  Take up a question out of its proper order ……………….. 44, 72
  Withdrawal of a motion …………………………………. 17, 62
Motions, tabular view of rules relating to, page 166.
  classified according to their purpose ………………………… 55
  classified into Privileged, Incidental, Subsidiary, etc. ……… 6-9
  order of precedence of [see each motion, §§ 10-27] ……………. 64
  how to be made …………………………………… 1, 2, 46, 54
  a second required (with certain exceptions) ……………….. 3, 67
  to be stated by chairman before discussion ………………. 3, 54
  when to be in writing …………………………………… 4, 54
  how to be divided ………………………………………….. 4
  how to be modified by the mover ……………………….. 3, 5, 17
  how to be stated and put to the question …………………. 38, 67
  that cannot be amended ………………………………… 23, 56a
  that cannot be debated …………………………………. 35, 66
  that open the main question to debate …………………………… 35
  that require a two-thirds vote for their adoption …………… 39, 68
Nominations, how treated ………………………………… 25, 46a
Numbers of paragraphs to be corrected by clerk without
  a vote …………………………………………………… 23
Objection to the consideration (discussion or introduction
  of a question ………………………………………… 15, 59a
Officers of an assembly. See Chairman, Clerk, Treasurer
  and Vice-Presidents.
Order, questions of and a call to ………………………… 14, 61d
  of business …………………………………………… 44, 72
  of the day …………………………………………… 13, 61a
    distinction between, and rules of the assembly (note) ………. 61a
  special …………………………………………………. 61b
  of precedence of motions. See Precedence.
Organization of an occasional or mass meeting …………………. 46a
  of a convention or assembly of delegates …………………….. 47
  of a permanent society …………………………………….. 48
Papers and documents, reading of ………………………….. 16, 62
  in custody of clerk ……………………………………. 41, 51
Parliamentary Law, its origin, etc., (Introduction. p. 9.)
Plan of the Manual, (Introduction, page 12.)
  of Part I, Rules of Order, (Introduction, page 13.)
  of Part II, Organization and Conduct of Business,
    (Introduction, page 14.)
Postpone to a certain time ………………………………. 21, 57a
indefinitely …………………………………………. 24, 59b
Preamble, considered after the rest of a paper …………………. 44
Precedence of motions [see each motion, §§ 10-27] ………………. 64
meaning of, (Introduction, page 14.)
Presiding Officer. See Chairman.
Previous Question ………………………………………. 20, 58a
Principal (or main) question ………………………………….. 6
Priority of Business, questions relating to are non-debatable ……… 35
Privilege, questions of …………………………………. 12, 62c
Privileged questions …………………………………………. 9
Putting the question, form of …………………………….. 38, 67
Questions. See Forms, Motions, Privilege and Order.
Quorum, when there is no rule, consists of a majority …………… 43
committees and boards cannot decide upon …………………….. 43
Reading of Papers ……………………………………….. 16, 62
Reception of a report. See Committees.
Re-commit (same as Commit) ………………………………. 22, 56b
Reconsider ……………………………………………… 27, 60
Record, or minutes ………………………………………. 41, 51
Recording officer. See Clerk.
Refer [same as Commit] ………………………………….. 22, 56b
Renewal of a motion ……………………………………… 26, 60
Reports of committees. See Committees.
Rights of assemblies. See Assembly.
of ecclesiastical tribunals, p. 159.
Rise, motion to, in committee, equals adjourn ………………. 11, 32
Rules of debate. See Debate.
of Order, amendment of …………………………………. 45, 73
of Order, what they should include ………………………….. 49
standing, what they should include ………………………….. 49
suspension of ………………………………………… 18, 61c
relating to motions, tabular view of p. 166.
Seconding, motions that do not require ……………………… 3, 67
Secretary. See Clerk.
Session [See also Meeting] ……………………………….. 42, 70
Shall the question be considered (or discussed) ……………. 15, 59a
Speaking, rules of, See Debate.
Special Order ……………………………………………… 61b
Standing Rules ……………………………………………… 49
Stating a question, form of ………………………………. 38, 67
Strike out (see Amendment) ………………………………. 23, 56a
Subsidiary motions or questions ……………………………….. 7
Substitute (see Amendment) ………………………………. 23, 56a
Sum, largest, first put ……………………………………… 25
Suspension of the rules …………………………………. 18, 61c
Table of Rules relating to motions, p. 166.
Take from the table, motion to …………………………… 19, 57b
Time, longest, first put …………………………………….. 25
Treasurer, duties of ………………………………………… 52
Trial of Members, p. 160.
Two-thirds vote, motions requiring ………………………… 39, 68
Undebatable Questions ……………………………………. 35, 66
Unfinished business, effect of adjournment on …………….. 11, 69
  its place in the order of business ………………………. 44, 72
Vice-Presidents ……………………………………………. 46d
Vote, form of announcing [see also Forms] ………………….. 38, 54
  motions requiring more than a simple majority …………………… 39, 68
  change of, allowed before the result is announced ………………. 38
Voting, various methods of …………………………………… 38
Withdrawal of a motion …………………………………… 17, 62
Yeas and Nays, voting by …………………………………….. 38
Yields, meaning of, (Introduction, page 14.)


Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!